Changeset 2322


Ignore:
Timestamp:
Aug 13, 2011, 6:56:31 AM (10 years ago)
Author:
Александър Шопов
Message:

totem, libwnck, yelp-xsl: подадени в master

Location:
gnome/master
Files:
3 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed

  • gnome/master/libwnck.master.bg.po

    r1815 r2322  
    11# Bulgarian translation for libwnck.
    2 # Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     2# Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     3# Copyright (C) 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    34# Evgeni Boevski <linkej@yahoo.com>, 2002;
    45# Yanko Kaneti <yaneti@declera.com>, 2002;
    5 # Vladimir Petkov <vpetkov@i-space.org>, 2004, 2005, 2006.
    6 # Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2006, 2007, 2009.
     6# Vladimir Petkov <kaladan@gmail.com>, 2004, 2005, 2006.
     7# Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011.
    78# Yavor Doganov <yavor@gnu.org>, 2008.
    89msgid ""
    910msgstr ""
    10 "Project-Id-Version: libwnck trunk\n"
     11"Project-Id-Version: libwnck master\n"
    1112"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
    12 "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-10 19:32+0200\n"
    13 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-10 12:46+0200\n"
    14 "Last-Translator: Yavor Doganov <yavor@gnu.org>\n"
     13"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-13 06:54+0300\n"
     14"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-13 06:52+0300\n"
     15"Last-Translator: Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>\n"
    1516"Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@fsa-bg.org>\n"
     17"Language: bg\n"
    1618"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
    1719"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
    … …  
    4244msgstr "Програма без име"
    4345
    44 #: ../libwnck/pager-accessible.c:322
     46#: ../libwnck/pager-accessible.c:342
    4547msgid "Workspace Switcher"
    4648msgstr "Превключвател между работни плотове"
    4749
    48 #: ../libwnck/pager-accessible.c:333
     50#: ../libwnck/pager-accessible.c:353
    4951msgid "Tool to switch between workspaces"
    5052msgstr "Инструмент за превключване между работни плотове"
    5153
    52 #: ../libwnck/pager-accessible.c:437
     54#: ../libwnck/pager-accessible.c:465
    5355#, c-format
    5456msgid "Click this to switch to workspace %s"
    5557msgstr "Натиснете тук за превключване към работен плот %s"
    5658
    57 #: ../libwnck/pager.c:1910
     59#: ../libwnck/pager.c:2200
    5860#, c-format
    5961msgid "Click to start dragging \"%s\""
    6062msgstr "Натиснете, за да започнете да влачите „%s“"
    6163
    62 #: ../libwnck/pager.c:1913
     64#: ../libwnck/pager.c:2203
    6365#, c-format
    6466msgid "Current workspace: \"%s\""
    6567msgstr "Текущ работен плот: „%s“"
    6668
    67 #: ../libwnck/pager.c:1918
     69#: ../libwnck/pager.c:2208
    6870#, c-format
    6971msgid "Click to switch to \"%s\""
    7072msgstr "Натиснете тук за превключване към „%s“"
    7173
    72 #: ../libwnck/selector.c:1171
     74#: ../libwnck/selector.c:1180
    7375msgid "No Windows Open"
    7476msgstr "Няма отворени прозорци"
    7577
    76 #: ../libwnck/selector.c:1224
     78#: ../libwnck/selector.c:1236
    7779msgid "Window Selector"
    7880msgstr "Избор на прозорец"
    7981
    80 #: ../libwnck/selector.c:1225
     82#: ../libwnck/selector.c:1237
    8183msgid "Tool to switch between windows"
    8284msgstr "Програма за превключване между прозорците"
    8385
    84 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:729
     86#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:673
    8587msgid "Window List"
    8688msgstr "Списък с прозорците"
    8789
    88 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:730
     90#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:674
    8991msgid "Tool to switch between visible windows"
    9092msgstr "Инструмент за превключване между видимите прозорци"
    9193
    92 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3018
     94#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2896
    9395msgid "Mi_nimize All"
    9496msgstr "Минимизиране на вси_чки"
    9597
    96 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3029
     98#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2907
    9799msgid "Un_minimize All"
    98100msgstr "Дем_инимизиране на всички"
    99101
    100 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3037
     102#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2915
    101103msgid "Ma_ximize All"
    102104msgstr "_Максимизиране на всички"
    103105
    104 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3048
     106#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2926
    105107msgid "_Unmaximize All"
    106108msgstr "Дем_инимизиране на всички"
    107109
    108 #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3060
     110#: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2938
    109111msgid "_Close All"
    110112msgstr "За_тваряне на всички"
    111113
    112 #: ../libwnck/test-pager.c:15
    113 msgid "Use N_ROWS rows"
    114 msgstr "Използване на N_РЕДА"
    115 
    116 #: ../libwnck/test-pager.c:15
    117 msgid "N_ROWS"
    118 msgstr "N_РЕДА"
    119 
    120 #: ../libwnck/test-pager.c:16
    121 msgid "Only show current workspace"
    122 msgstr "Показване само на текущия работен плот"
    123 
    124 #: ../libwnck/test-pager.c:17 ../libwnck/test-tasklist.c:19
    125 msgid "Use RTL as default direction"
    126 msgstr "Посоката по подразбиране да е отдясно наляво"
    127 
    128 #: ../libwnck/test-pager.c:18
    129 msgid "Show workspace names instead of workspace contents"
    130 msgstr "Показване на имената на работните плотове вместо съдържанието им"
    131 
    132 #: ../libwnck/test-pager.c:19
    133 msgid "Use a vertical orientation"
    134 msgstr "Използване на вертикална посока"
    135 
    136 #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window list)
    137 #: ../libwnck/test-selector.c:12 ../libwnck/test-tasklist.c:20
    138 msgid "Don't show window in tasklist"
    139 msgstr "Прозорецът да не се показва в списъка с прозорци"
    140 
    141 #: ../libwnck/test-tasklist.c:16
    142 msgid "Always group windows"
    143 msgstr "Прозорците винаги да се групират"
    144 
    145 #: ../libwnck/test-tasklist.c:17
    146 msgid "Never group windows"
    147 msgstr "Прозорците никога да не се групират"
    148 
    149 #: ../libwnck/test-tasklist.c:18
    150 msgid "Display windows from all workspaces"
    151 msgstr "Показване на прозорците от всички работни плотове"
    152 
    153 #: ../libwnck/test-tasklist.c:21
    154 msgid "Enable Transparency"
    155 msgstr "Включване на прозрачността"
    156 
    157 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:417
     114#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:413
    158115msgid "Unmi_nimize"
    159116msgstr "Деми_нимизиране"
    160117
    161 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:424
     118#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:420
    162119msgid "Mi_nimize"
    163120msgstr "Ми_нимизиране"
    164121
    165 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:432
     122#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:428
    166123msgid "Unma_ximize"
    167124msgstr "Де_максимизиране"
    168125
    169 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:439
     126#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:435
    170127msgid "Ma_ximize"
    171128msgstr "_Максимизиране"
    172129
    173 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:746 ../libwnck/workspace.c:281
     130#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:742 ../libwnck/workspace.c:281
    174131#, c-format
    175132msgid "Workspace %d"
    176133msgstr "Работен плот %d"
    177134
    178 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:755 ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:902
     135#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:751 ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:898
    179136#, c-format
    180137msgid "Workspace 1_0"
    181138msgstr "Работен плот 1_0"
    182139
    183 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:757 ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:904
     140#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:753 ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:900
    184141#, c-format
    185142msgid "Workspace %s%d"
    186143msgstr "Работен плот %s%d"
    187144
    188 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1047
     145#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1043
    189146msgid "_Move"
    190147msgstr "_Преместване"
    191148
    192 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1054
     149#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1050
    193150msgid "_Resize"
    194151msgstr "О_размеряване"
    195152
    196 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1063
     153#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1059
    197154msgid "Always On _Top"
    198155msgstr "Винаги _отгоре"
    199156
    200 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1071
     157#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1067
    201158msgid "_Always on Visible Workspace"
    202159msgstr "_Винаги на видимия работен плот"
    203160
    204 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1076
     161#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1072
    205162msgid "_Only on This Workspace"
    206163msgstr "_Само на този работен плот"
    207164
    208 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1083
     165#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1079
    209166msgid "Move to Workspace _Left"
    210167msgstr "Преместване на _левия работен плот"
    211168
    212 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1089
     169#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1085
    213170msgid "Move to Workspace R_ight"
    214171msgstr "Преместване на десни_я работен плот"
    215172
    216 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1095
     173#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1091
    217174msgid "Move to Workspace _Up"
    218175msgstr "Преместване на _горния работен плот"
    219176
    220 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1101
     177#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1097
    221178msgid "Move to Workspace _Down"
    222179msgstr "Преместване на _долния работен плот"
    223180
    224 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1104
     181#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1100
    225182msgid "Move to Another _Workspace"
    226183msgstr "Преместване на др_уг работен плот"
    227184
    228 #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1124
     185#: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1120
    229186msgid "_Close"
    230187msgstr "_Затваряне"
    … …  
    243200msgstr "Неозаглавен прозорец"
    244201
    245 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:139
     202#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:138
    246203msgid "X window ID of the window to examine or modify"
    247204msgstr "Идентификаторът по X на прозореца, който да се проучи или промени"
    248205
    249 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:139 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:145
    250 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:154
     206#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:138 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:145
     207#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:155
    251208msgid "XID"
    252209msgstr "Ид. по X"
    253210
    254 #. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a group
    255 #. * of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one application, one window
    256 #. * has some information about the application (like the application name).
     211#. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a
     212#. * group of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one
     213#. * application, one window has some information about the application
     214#. * (like the application name).
    257215#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:144
    258216msgid "X window ID of the group leader of an application to examine"
    … …  
    260218"Ид. по X на груповия водач на приложение, което да се проучи или промени"
    261219
    262 #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the same class.
    263 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:148
     220#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows
     221#. * are of the same class.
     222#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:149
    264223msgid "Class resource of the class group to examine"
    265224msgstr "Ресурсът „клас“ на групата, която да се проучи"
    266225
    267 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:148
     226#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:149
    268227msgid "CLASS"
    269228msgstr "КЛАС"
    270229
    271 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:150
     230#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:151
    272231msgid "NUMBER of the workspace to examine or modify"
    273232msgstr "ЧИСЛОто-номер на работния плот, който да се проучи или промени"
    274233
    275 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:150 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:152
    276 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:169 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:171
    277 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:173 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:262
     234#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:151 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:153
     235#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:171 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:173
     236#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:175 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:272
    278237msgid "NUMBER"
    279238msgstr "ЧИСЛО"
    280239
    281 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:152
     240#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:153
    282241msgid "NUMBER of the screen to examine or modify"
    283242msgstr "ЧИСЛОто-номер на екрана, който да се преглед или промени"
    284243
    285 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:154
     244#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:155
    286245msgid "Alias of --window"
    287246msgstr "Синоним на „--window“"
    288247
    289 #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the same class.
    290 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:161
     248#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows
     249#. * are of the same class.
     250#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:163
    291251msgid ""
    292252"List windows of the application/class group/workspace/screen (output format: "
    … …  
    296256"(изходен формат: „Ид. по X: Име на прозорец“)"
    297257
    298 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:163
     258#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:165
    299259msgid ""
    300260"List workspaces of the screen (output format: \"Number: Workspace Name\")"
    … …  
    303263"работния плот“)"
    304264
    305 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:169
     265#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:171
    306266msgid "Change the number of workspaces of the screen to NUMBER"
    307267msgstr "Промяна на броя на работните плотове до това ЧИСЛО"
    308268
    309 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:171
     269#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:173
    310270msgid "Change the workspace layout of the screen to use NUMBER rows"
    311271msgstr ""
    312272"Задаване на броя редове в подредбата на работните плотове да е това ЧИСЛО"
    313273
    314 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:173
     274#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:175
    315275msgid "Change the workspace layout of the screen to use NUMBER columns"
    316276msgstr ""
    317277"Задаване на броя колони в подредбата на работните плотове да е това ЧИСЛО"
    318278
    319 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:175
     279#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:177
    320280msgid "Show the desktop"
    321281msgstr "Показване на работния плот"
    322282
    323 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:177
     283#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:179
    324284msgid "Stop showing the desktop"
    325285msgstr "Край на показването на работния плот"
    326286
    327 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    328 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    329 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:181
     287#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport
     288#. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example);
     289#. * however it is not just the current workspace.
     290#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:184
    330291msgid "Move the viewport of the current workspace to X coordinate X"
    331292msgstr "Преместване на изгледа към текущия работен плот към абсциса X"
    332293
    333 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:181 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:264
     294#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:184 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:274
    334295msgid "X"
    335296msgstr "X"
    336297
    337 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    338 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    339 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:185
     298#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport
     299#. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example);
     300#. * however it is not just the current workspace.
     301#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:189
    340302msgid "Move the viewport of the current workspace to Y coordinate Y"
    341303msgstr "Преместване на изгледа към текущия работен плот към ордината X"
    342304
    343 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:185 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:266
     305#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:189 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:276
    344306msgid "Y"
    345307msgstr "Y"
    346308
    347 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:191
     309#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:195
    348310msgid "Minimize the window"
    349311msgstr "Минимизиране на прозореца"
    350312
    351 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:193
     313#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:197
    352314msgid "Unminimize the window"
    353315msgstr "Деминимизиране на прозореца"
    354316
    355 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:195
     317#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:199
    356318msgid "Maximize the window"
    357319msgstr "Максимизиране на прозореца"
    358320
    359 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:197
     321#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:201
    360322msgid "Unmaximize the window"
    361323msgstr "Демаксимизиране на прозореца"
    362324
    363 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:199
     325#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:203
    364326msgid "Maximize horizontally the window"
    365327msgstr "Максимизиране на прозореца по хоризонтала"
    366328
    367 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:201
     329#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:205
    368330msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window"
    369331msgstr "Демаксимизиране на прозореца по хоризонтала"
    370332
    371 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:203
     333#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:207
    372334msgid "Maximize vertically the window"
    373335msgstr "Максимизиране на прозореца по вертикала"
    374336
    375 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:205
     337#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:209
    376338msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window"
    377339msgstr "Демаксимизиране на прозореца по вертикала"
    378340
    379 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:207
     341#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:211
    380342msgid "Start moving the window via the keyboard"
    381343msgstr "Начало на местенето на прозореца чрез клавиатурата"
    382344
    383 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:209
     345#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:213
    384346msgid "Start resizing the window via the keyboard"
    385347msgstr "Начало на оразмеряването на прозореца чрез клавиатурата"
    386348
    387 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:211
     349#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:215
    388350msgid "Activate the window"
    389351msgstr "Активиране на прозореца"
    390352
    391 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:213
     353#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:217
    392354msgid "Close the window"
    393355msgstr "Затваряне на прозореца"
    394356
    395 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:216
     357#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:220
    396358msgid "Make the window fullscreen"
    397359msgstr "Режим на цял екран за прозореца"
    398360
    399 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:218
     361#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:222
    400362msgid "Make the window quit fullscreen mode"
    401363msgstr "Излизане от режим на цял екран за прозореца"
    402364
    403 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:220
     365#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:224
    404366msgid "Make the window always on top"
    405367msgstr "Прозорецът винаги да е отгоре"
    406368
    407 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:222
     369#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:226
    408370msgid "Make the window not always on top"
    409371msgstr "Прозорецът да не е само отгоре"
    410372
    411 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:224
     373#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:228
    412374msgid "Make the window below other windows"
    413375msgstr "Прозорецът винаги да е отдолу"
    414376
    415 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:226
     377#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:230
    416378msgid "Make the window not below other windows"
    417379msgstr "Прозорецът да не е само отдолу"
    418380
    419 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:228
     381#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:232
    420382msgid "Shade the window"
    421383msgstr "Навиване на прозореца"
    422384
    423 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:230
     385#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:234
    424386msgid "Unshade the window"
    425387msgstr "Развиване на прозореца"
    426388
    427 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    428 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    429 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:234
     389#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport
     390#. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example);
     391#. * however it is not just the current workspace.
     392#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:239
    430393msgid "Make the window have a fixed position in the viewport"
    431394msgstr "Прозорецът да е с фиксирано положение спрямо изгледа"
    432395
    433 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    434 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    435 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:238
     396#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport
     397#. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example);
     398#. * however it is not just the current workspace.
     399#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:244
    436400msgid "Make the window not have a fixed position in the viewport"
    437401msgstr "Прозорецът да не е с фиксирано положение спрямо изгледа"
     402
     403#. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace
     404#. * switcher. It's a representation of all workspaces with windows
     405#. * inside it. Please make sure that the translation is in sync with
     406#. * gnome-panel, where this term is also used in translatable strings
     407#.
     408#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:251
     409msgid "Make the window not appear in pagers"
     410msgstr "Прозорецът да не се появява в превключвателите на работни плотове"
     411
     412#. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace
     413#. * switcher. It's a representation of all workspaces with windows
     414#. * inside it. Please make sure that the translation is in sync with
     415#. * gnome-panel, where this term is also used in translatable strings
     416#.
     417#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:258
     418msgid "Make the window appear in pagers"
     419msgstr "Прозорецът да се появява в превключвателите на работни плотове"
     420
     421#. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the
     422#. * window list)
     423#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:262
     424msgid "Make the window not appear in tasklists"
     425msgstr "Прозорецът да не се появява в списъците с прозорци"
     426
     427#. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the
     428#. * window list)
     429#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:266
     430msgid "Make the window appear in tasklists"
     431msgstr "Прозорецът да се появява в списъците с прозорци"
     432
     433#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:268
     434msgid "Make the window visible on all workspaces"
     435msgstr "Прозорецът да е видим на всички работни плотове"
     436
     437#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:270
     438msgid "Make the window visible on the current workspace only"
     439msgstr "Прозорецът да е видим само в този работен плот"
     440
     441#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:272
     442msgid "Move the window to workspace NUMBER (first workspace is 0)"
     443msgstr ""
     444"Преместване на прозореца на работния плот с този НОМЕР (първият работен плот "
     445"е с номер 0)"
     446
     447#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:274
     448msgid "Change the X coordinate of the window to X"
     449msgstr "Задаване на хоризонталната координата на прозореца да е X"
     450
     451#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:276
     452msgid "Change the Y coordinate of the window to Y"
     453msgstr "Задаване на вертикалната координата на прозореца да е Y"
     454
     455#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:278
     456msgid "Change the width of the window to WIDTH"
     457msgstr "Задаване на ШИРОЧИНАта на прозореца"
     458
     459#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:278
     460msgid "WIDTH"
     461msgstr "ШИРОЧИНА"
     462
     463#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:280
     464msgid "Change the height of the window to HEIGHT"
     465msgstr "Задаване на ВИСОЧИНАта на прозореца"
     466
     467#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:280
     468msgid "HEIGHT"
     469msgstr "ВИСОЧИНА"
     470
     471#. Translators: do not translate "normal, desktop, dock..."
     472#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:283
     473msgid ""
     474"Change the type of the window to TYPE (valid values: normal, desktop, dock, "
     475"dialog, toolbar, menu, utility, splash)"
     476msgstr ""
     477"Промяна на прозореца да е от посочения ВИД (възможни стойности са "
     478"„normal“ (обикновен), „desktop“ (работен плот), „dock“ (док), "
     479"„dialog“ (диалогов), „toolbar“ (лента с инструменти), „menu“ (меню), "
     480"„utility“ (спомагателен), „splash“ (начален))"
     481
     482#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:283
     483msgid "TYPE"
     484msgstr "ВИД"
     485
     486#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:289
     487msgid "Change the name of the workspace to NAME"
     488msgstr "Задаване на ИМЕто на работния плот"
     489
     490#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:289
     491msgid "NAME"
     492msgstr "ИМЕ"
     493
     494#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:291
     495msgid "Activate the workspace"
     496msgstr "Активиране на работния плот"
     497
     498#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:385 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:409
     499#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:445 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:468
     500#, c-format
     501msgid "Invalid value \"%s\" for --%s"
     502msgstr "Грешна стойност „%s“ за --%s"
     503
     504#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:502 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:521
     505#, c-format
     506msgid ""
     507"Conflicting options are present: screen %d should be interacted with, but --"
     508"%s has been used\n"
     509msgstr ""
     510"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с екран %d, но е "
     511"посочено --%s\n"
     512
     513#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:511
     514#, c-format
     515msgid ""
     516"Conflicting options are present: windows or workspaces of screen %d should "
     517"be listed, but --%s has been used\n"
     518msgstr ""
     519"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците или "
     520"работните плотове на екран %d, но е посочено --%s\n"
     521
     522#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:534 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:554
     523#, c-format
     524msgid ""
     525"Conflicting options are present: workspace %d should be interacted with, but "
     526"--%s has been used\n"
     527msgstr ""
     528"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с работния плот %d, но "
     529"е посочено --%s\n"
     530
     531#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:544
     532#, c-format
     533msgid ""
     534"Conflicting options are present: windows of workspace %d should be listed, "
     535"but --%s has been used\n"
     536msgstr ""
     537"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците на работния "
     538"плот %d, но е посочено --%s\n"
     539
     540#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:566
     541#, c-format
     542msgid ""
     543"Conflicting options are present: an application should be interacted with, "
     544"but --%s has been used\n"
     545msgstr ""
     546"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с приложение, но е "
     547"посочено --%s\n"
     548
     549#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:576
     550#, c-format
     551msgid ""
     552"Conflicting options are present: windows of an application should be listed, "
     553"but --%s has been used\n"
     554msgstr ""
     555"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците на "
     556"приложение, но е посочено --%s\n"
     557
     558#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows
     559#. * are of the same class.
     560#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:590
     561#, c-format
     562msgid ""
     563"Conflicting options are present: class group \"%s\" should be interacted "
     564"with, but --%s has been used\n"
     565msgstr ""
     566"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с групата с клас „%s“, "
     567"но е посочено --%s\n"
     568
     569#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows
     570#. * are of the same class.
     571#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:602
     572#, c-format
     573msgid ""
     574"Conflicting options are present: windows of class group \"%s\" should be "
     575"listed, but --%s has been used\n"
     576msgstr ""
     577"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците от група с "
     578"класа „%s“, но е посочено --%s\n"
     579
     580#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:614 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:623
     581#, c-format
     582msgid ""
     583"Conflicting options are present: a window should be interacted with, but --"
     584"%s has been used\n"
     585msgstr ""
     586"Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с прозорец, но е "
     587"посочено --%s\n"
     588
     589#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:642 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:723
     590#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:770
     591#, c-format
     592msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s and --%s\n"
     593msgstr "Зададени са противоречиви опции: --%s и --%s\n"
     594
     595#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:681
     596#, c-format
     597msgid ""
     598"Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be strictly positive\n"
     599msgstr "Неправилен аргумент „%d“ за --%s: той трябва да е положителен\n"
     600
     601#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:694
     602#, c-format
     603msgid "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be positive\n"
     604msgstr "Неправилен аргумент „%d“ за --%s: той трябва да е положителен\n"
     605
     606#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:789
     607#, c-format
     608msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s or --%s, and --%s\n"
     609msgstr "Зададени са противоречиви опции: --%s, --%s и --%s\n"
     610
     611#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:821
     612#, c-format
     613msgid "Invalid argument \"%s\" for --%s, valid values are: %s\n"
     614msgstr "Неправилен аргумент „%s“ за --%s: правилните стойности са: %s\n"
     615
     616#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:864
     617#, c-format
     618msgid ""
     619"Cannot change the workspace layout on the screen: the layout is already "
     620"owned\n"
     621msgstr ""
     622"Подредбата на работните плотове на екрана не може да бъде променена: "
     623"подредбата вече е притежавана\n"
     624
     625#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport
     626#. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example);
     627#. * however it is not just the current workspace.
     628#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:899
     629#, c-format
     630msgid ""
     631"Viewport cannot be moved: the current workspace does not contain a viewport\n"
     632msgstr ""
     633"Изгледът не може да бъде преместен: текущия работен плот не съдържа изглед\n"
     634
     635#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport
     636#. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example);
     637#. * however it is not just the current workspace.
     638#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:906
     639#, c-format
     640msgid "Viewport cannot be moved: there is no current workspace\n"
     641msgstr ""
     642"Изгледът не може да бъде преместен, в момента няма текущ работен плот\n"
     643
     644#. FIXME: why do we have dual & boolean API. This is not consistent!
     645#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:942 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:951
     646#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:960 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:967
     647#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:977 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:984
     648#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:993 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1042
     649#, c-format
     650msgid "Action not allowed\n"
     651msgstr "Действието не е позволено\n"
     652
     653#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1038
     654#, c-format
     655msgid "Window cannot be moved to workspace %d: the workspace does not exist\n"
     656msgstr ""
     657"Прозорецът не може да бъде преместен на работния плот %d: той не съществува\n"
     658
     659#. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set".
     660#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1102 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1234
     661msgid "<name unset>"
     662msgstr "<името не е зададено>"
     663
     664#. Translators: %lu is a window number and %s a window name
     665#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1105
     666#, c-format
     667msgid "%lu: %s\n"
     668msgstr "%lu: %s\n"
     669
     670#. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name
     671#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1125
     672#, c-format
     673msgid "%d: %s\n"
     674msgstr "%d: %s\n"
     675
     676#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1188
     677#, c-format
     678msgid "Screen Number: %d\n"
     679msgstr "Номер на екран: %d\n"
     680
     681#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1190 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1271
     682#, c-format
     683msgid "Geometry (width, height): %d, %d\n"
     684msgstr "Геометрия (широчина, височина): %d, %d\n"
     685
     686#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1194
     687#, c-format
     688msgid "Number of Workspaces: %d\n"
     689msgstr "Брой работни плотове %d\n"
     690
     691#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1200
     692#, c-format
     693msgid "Workspace Layout (rows, columns, orientation): %d, %d, %s\n"
     694msgstr ""
     695"Подредба на работните плотове (редове, колони, ориентация): %d, %d, %s\n"
     696
     697#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1210 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1267
     698#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1464
     699msgid "<no EWMH-compliant window manager>"
     700msgstr "<липсва мениджър на прозорци съвместим с EWMH>"
     701
     702#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1211
     703#, c-format
     704msgid "Window Manager: %s\n"
     705msgstr "Мениджър на прозорци: %s\n"
     706
     707#. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name
     708#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1216 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1297
     709#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1309 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1321
     710#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1333 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1449
     711#, c-format
     712msgid "%d (\"%s\")"
     713msgstr "%d („%s“)"
     714
     715#. Translators: "none" here means "no workspace"
     716#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1221 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1302
     717#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1314 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1326
     718#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1338 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1456
     719msgctxt "workspace"
     720msgid "none"
     721msgstr "няма"
     722
     723#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1222
     724#, c-format
     725msgid "Active Workspace: %s\n"
     726msgstr "Активен работен плот: %s\n"
     727
     728#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1231
     729#, c-format
     730msgid "\"%s\""
     731msgstr "„%s“"
     732
     733#. Translators: %lu is a window identifier (number) and %s a window name
     734#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1237
     735#, c-format
     736msgid "%lu (%s)"
     737msgstr "%lu (%s)"
     738
     739#. Translators: "none" here means "no window"
     740#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1243
     741msgctxt "window"
     742msgid "none"
     743msgstr "няма"
     744
     745#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1244
     746#, c-format
     747msgid "Active Window: %s\n"
     748msgstr "Активен прозорец: %s\n"
     749
     750#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1247
     751#, c-format
     752msgid "Showing the desktop: %s\n"
     753msgstr "Показване на работния плот: %s\n"
     754
     755#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1249
     756msgid "true"
     757msgstr "истина"
     758
     759#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1249
     760msgid "false"
     761msgstr "лъжа"
     762
     763#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1260
     764#, c-format
     765msgid "Workspace Name: %s\n"
     766msgstr "Име на работен плот: %s\n"
     767
     768#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1261
     769#, c-format
     770msgid "Workspace Number: %d\n"
     771msgstr "Работен плот: %d\n"
     772
     773#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1268 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1465
     774#, c-format
     775msgid "On Screen: %d (Window Manager: %s)\n"
     776msgstr "На екран: %d (мениджър на прозорци: %s)\n"
     777
     778#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport can be
     779#. * used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is
     780#. * not just the current workspace.
     781#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1283
     782msgid "<no viewport>"
     783msgstr "<няма изглед>"
     784
     785#. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport can be
     786#. * used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is
     787#. * not just the current workspace.
     788#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1287
     789#, c-format
     790msgid "Viewport position (x, y): %s\n"
     791msgstr "Местоположение на изгледа (x, y): %s\n"
     792
     793#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1290
     794#, c-format
     795msgid "Position in Layout (row, column): %d, %d\n"
     796msgstr "Положение в подредбата (ред, колона): %d, %d\n"
     797
     798#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1303
     799#, c-format
     800msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n"
     801msgstr "Ляв съсед: %s\n"
     802
     803#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1315
     804#, c-format
     805msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n"
     806msgstr "Десен съсед: %s\n"
     807
     808#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1327
     809#, c-format
     810msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n"
     811msgstr "Горен съсед: %s\n"
     812
     813#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1339
     814#, c-format
     815msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n"
     816msgstr "Долен съсед: %s\n"
     817
     818#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the
     819#. * same class.
     820#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1352 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1511
     821#, c-format
     822msgid "Class Group ID: %s\n"
     823msgstr "Идентификатор на клас на група: %s\n"
     824
     825#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the
     826#. * same class.
     827#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1356
     828#, c-format
     829msgid "Class Group Name: %s\n"
     830msgstr "Име на клас на група: %s\n"
     831
     832#. Translators: 'set' in the sense of "something has been set".
     833#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1362 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1386
     834#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1440
     835msgid "set"
     836msgstr "зададено"
     837
     838#. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set".
     839#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1365 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1389
     840#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1396 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1426
     841#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1433 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1443
     842#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1508 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1517
     843#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1529 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1537
     844msgid "<unset>"
     845msgstr "<не е зададено>"
     846
     847#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1366 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1390
     848#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1444
     849#, c-format
     850msgid "Icons: %s\n"
     851msgstr "Икони: %s\n"
     852
     853#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1369 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1407
     854#, c-format
     855msgid "Number of Windows: %d\n"
     856msgstr "Брой прозорци %d\n"
     857
     858#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1381 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1427
     859#, c-format
     860msgid "Name: %s\n"
     861msgstr "Име: %s\n"
     862
     863#. Translators: note that "Icon" here has a specific window
     864#. * management-related meaning. It means minimized.
     865#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1382 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1436
     866#, c-format
     867msgid "Icon Name: %s\n"
     868msgstr "Име на иконата: %s\n"
     869
     870#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1397 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1530
     871#, c-format
     872msgid "PID: %s\n"
     873msgstr "Ид. на пр.: %s\n"
     874
     875#. Translators: "none" here means "no startup ID"
     876#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1404
     877msgctxt "startupID"
     878msgid "none"
     879msgstr "няма"
     880
     881#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1405
     882#, c-format
     883msgid "Startup ID: %s\n"
     884msgstr "Ид. при стартиране: %s\n"
     885
     886#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1453
     887msgid "all workspaces"
     888msgstr "всички работни плотове"
     889
     890#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1457
     891#, c-format
     892msgid "On Workspace: %s\n"
     893msgstr "На работен плот: %s\n"
     894
     895#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1472
     896msgid "normal window"
     897msgstr "обикновен прозорец"
     898
     899#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1475
     900msgid "desktop"
     901msgstr "работен плот"
     902
     903#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1478
     904msgid "dock or panel"
     905msgstr "док или панел"
     906
     907#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1481
     908msgid "dialog window"
     909msgstr "диалогов прозорец"
     910
     911#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1484
     912msgid "tearoff toolbar"
     913msgstr "лента за откъсване"
     914
     915#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1487
     916msgid "tearoff menu"
     917msgstr "меню за откъсване"
     918
     919#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1490
     920msgid "utility window"
     921msgstr "прозорец с инструменти"
     922
     923#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1493
     924msgid "splash screen"
     925msgstr "начален прозорец"
     926
     927#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1498
     928#, c-format
     929msgid "Window Type: %s\n"
     930msgstr "Вид на прозореца: %s\n"
     931
     932#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1501
     933#, c-format
     934msgid "Geometry (x, y, width, height): %d, %d, %d, %d\n"
     935msgstr "Геометрия (x, y, широчина, височина): %d, %d, %d, %d\n"
     936
     937#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the
     938#. * same class. The class instance is a way to differentiate windows belonging
     939#. * to the same class group.
     940#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1521
     941#, c-format
     942msgid "Class Instance: %s\n"
     943msgstr "Член на клас: %s\n"
     944
     945#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1523
     946#, c-format
     947msgid "XID: %lu\n"
     948msgstr "Ид. по X: %lu\n"
     949
     950#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1538
     951#, c-format
     952msgid "Session ID: %s\n"
     953msgstr "Ид. на сесия: %s\n"
     954
     955#. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a group
     956#. * of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one application, one
     957#. * window has some information about the application (like the application
     958#. * name).
     959#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1545
     960#, c-format
     961msgid "Group Leader: %lu\n"
     962msgstr "Групов водач: %lu\n"
     963
     964#. Translators: A window can be transient for another window: it means it's
     965#. * on top of it
     966#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1551
     967#, c-format
     968msgid "Transient for: %lu\n"
     969msgstr "Временен прозорец за: %lu\n"
     970
     971#. FIXME: else print something?
     972#. Translators: we're building a list of items here.             * For example, the result is "a, b".                            * In this case, the first string is "a", the second             * string is ", " and the third string is "b".                   * We can then use this information here to also                 * recursively build longer lists, like "a, b, c, d"
     973#. Translators: we're building a list of items here.             * The end result is something like "a, b, c"                    * In this case, the first string is "a, b", the second          * string is ", " and the third string is "c"
     974#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1566 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1614
     975#, c-format
     976msgid "%1$s%2$s%3$s"
     977msgstr "%1$s%2$s%3$s"
     978
     979#. Translators: see comment for "%1$s%2$s%3$s" in order          * to properly translate this
     980#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1570 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1616
     981msgid ", "
     982msgstr ", "
     983
     984#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1576
     985msgid "minimized"
     986msgstr "минимизиран"
     987
     988#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1577
     989msgid "maximized"
     990msgstr "максимизиран"
     991
     992#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1581
     993msgid "maximized horizontally"
     994msgstr "максимизиран по хоризонтала"
     995
     996#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1583
     997msgid "maximized vertically"
     998msgstr "максимизиран по вертикала"
     999
     1000#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1585
     1001msgid "shaded"
     1002msgstr "навит"
     1003
     1004#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1586
     1005msgid "pinned"
     1006msgstr "забоден на всички работни плотове"
     1007
     1008#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1587
     1009msgid "sticky"
     1010msgstr "залепен на всички изгледи"
     1011
     1012#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1588
     1013msgid "above"
     1014msgstr "над"
     1015
     1016#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1589
     1017msgid "below"
     1018msgstr "под"
     1019
     1020#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1590
     1021msgid "fullscreen"
     1022msgstr "на цял екран"
     1023
     1024#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1591
     1025msgid "needs attention"
     1026msgstr "иска внимание"
    4381027
    4391028#. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace switcher.
    … …  
    4411030#. * Please make sure that the translation is in sync with gnome-panel,
    4421031#. * where this term is also used in translatable strings
    443 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:244
    444 msgid "Make the window not appear in pagers"
    445 msgstr "Прозорецът да не се появява в превключвателите на работни плотове"
    446 
    447 #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace switcher.
    448 #. * It's a representation of all workspaces with windows inside it.
    449 #. * Please make sure that the translation is in sync with gnome-panel,
    450 #. * where this term is also used in translatable strings
    451 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:250
    452 msgid "Make the window appear in pagers"
    453 msgstr "Прозорецът да се появява в превключвателите на работни плотове"
    454 
    455 #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window list)
    456 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:253
    457 msgid "Make the window not appear in tasklists"
    458 msgstr "Прозорецът да не се появява в списъците с прозорци"
    459 
    460 #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window list)
    461 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:256
    462 msgid "Make the window appear in tasklists"
    463 msgstr "Прозорецът да се появява в списъците с прозорци"
    464 
    465 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:258
    466 msgid "Make the window visible on all workspaces"
    467 msgstr "Прозорецът да е видим на всички работни плотове"
    468 
    469 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:260
    470 msgid "Make the window visible on the current workspace only"
    471 msgstr "Прозорецът да е видим само в този работен плот"
    472 
    473 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:262
    474 msgid "Move the window to workspace NUMBER (first workspace is 0)"
    475 msgstr ""
    476 "Преместване на прозореца на работния плот с този НОМЕР (първият работен плот "
    477 "е с номер 0)"
    478 
    479 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:264
    480 msgid "Change the X coordinate of the window to X"
    481 msgstr "Задаване на хоризонталната координата на прозореца да е X"
    482 
    483 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:266
    484 msgid "Change the Y coordinate of the window to Y"
    485 msgstr "Задаване на вертикалната координата на прозореца да е Y"
    486 
    487 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:268
    488 msgid "Change the width of the window to WIDTH"
    489 msgstr "Задаване на ШИРОЧИНАта на прозореца"
    490 
    491 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:268
    492 msgid "WIDTH"
    493 msgstr "ШИРОЧИНА"
    494 
    495 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:270
    496 msgid "Change the height of the window to HEIGHT"
    497 msgstr "Задаване на ВИСОЧИНАта на прозореца"
    498 
    499 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:270
    500 msgid "HEIGHT"
    501 msgstr "ВИСОЧИНА"
    502 
    503 #. Translators: do not translate "normal, desktop, dock..."
    504 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:273
    505 msgid ""
    506 "Change the type of the window to TYPE (valid values: normal, desktop, dock, "
    507 "dialog, toolbar, menu, utility, splash)"
    508 msgstr ""
    509 "Промяна на прозореца да е от посочения ВИД (възможни стойности са "
    510 "„normal“ (обикновен), „desktop“ (работен плот), „dock“ (док), "
    511 "„dialog“ (диалогов), „toolbar“ (лента с инструменти), „menu“ (меню), "
    512 "„utility“ (спомагателен), „splash“ (начален))"
    513 
    514 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:273
    515 msgid "TYPE"
    516 msgstr "ВИД"
    517 
    518 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:279
    519 msgid "Change the name of the workspace to NAME"
    520 msgstr "Задаване на ИМЕто на работния плот"
    521 
    522 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:279
    523 msgid "NAME"
    524 msgstr "ИМЕ"
    525 
    526 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:281
    527 msgid "Activate the workspace"
    528 msgstr "Активиране на работния плот"
    529 
    530 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:373 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:397
    531 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:433 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:456
    532 #, c-format
    533 msgid "Invalid value \"%s\" for --%s"
    534 msgstr "Грешна стойност „%s“ за --%s"
    535 
    536 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:490 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:509
    537 #, c-format
    538 msgid ""
    539 "Conflicting options are present: screen %d should be interacted with, but --%"
    540 "s has been used\n"
    541 msgstr ""
    542 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с екран %d, но е "
    543 "посочено --%s\n"
    544 
    545 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:499
    546 #, c-format
    547 msgid ""
    548 "Conflicting options are present: windows or workspaces of screen %d should "
    549 "be listed, but --%s has been used\n"
    550 msgstr ""
    551 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците или "
    552 "работните плотове на екран %d, но е посочено --%s\n"
    553 
    554 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:522 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:542
    555 #, c-format
    556 msgid ""
    557 "Conflicting options are present: workspace %d should be interacted with, but "
    558 "--%s has been used\n"
    559 msgstr ""
    560 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с работния плот %d, но "
    561 "е посочено --%s\n"
    562 
    563 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:532
    564 #, c-format
    565 msgid ""
    566 "Conflicting options are present: windows of workspace %d should be listed, "
    567 "but --%s has been used\n"
    568 msgstr ""
    569 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците на работния "
    570 "плот %d, но е посочено --%s\n"
    571 
    572 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:554
    573 #, c-format
    574 msgid ""
    575 "Conflicting options are present: an application should be interacted with, "
    576 "but --%s has been used\n"
    577 msgstr ""
    578 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с приложение, но е "
    579 "посочено --%s\n"
    580 
    581 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:564
    582 #, c-format
    583 msgid ""
    584 "Conflicting options are present: windows of an application should be listed, "
    585 "but --%s has been used\n"
    586 msgstr ""
    587 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците на "
    588 "приложение, но е посочено --%s\n"
    589 
    590 #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the same class.
    591 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:577
    592 #, c-format
    593 msgid ""
    594 "Conflicting options are present: class group \"%s\" should be interacted "
    595 "with, but --%s has been used\n"
    596 msgstr ""
    597 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с групата с клас „%s“, "
    598 "но е посочено --%s\n"
    599 
    600 #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the same class.
    601 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:588
    602 #, c-format
    603 msgid ""
    604 "Conflicting options are present: windows of class group \"%s\" should be "
    605 "listed, but --%s has been used\n"
    606 msgstr ""
    607 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се изброят прозорците от група с "
    608 "класа „%s“, но е посочено --%s\n"
    609 
    610 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:600 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:609
    611 #, c-format
    612 msgid ""
    613 "Conflicting options are present: a window should be interacted with, but --%"
    614 "s has been used\n"
    615 msgstr ""
    616 "Зададени са противоречиви опции: трябва да се работи с прозорец, но е "
    617 "посочено --%s\n"
    618 
    619 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:628 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:709
    620 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:756
    621 #, c-format
    622 msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s and --%s\n"
    623 msgstr "Зададени са противоречиви опции: --%s и --%s\n"
    624 
    625 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:667
    626 #, c-format
    627 msgid ""
    628 "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be strictly positive\n"
    629 msgstr "Неправилен аргумент „%d“ за --%s: той трябва да е положителен\n"
    630 
    631 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:680
    632 #, c-format
    633 msgid "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be positive\n"
    634 msgstr "Неправилен аргумент „%d“ за --%s: той трябва да е положителен\n"
    635 
    636 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:775
    637 #, c-format
    638 msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s or --%s, and --%s\n"
    639 msgstr "Зададени са противоречиви опции: --%s, --%s и --%s\n"
    640 
    641 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:807
    642 #, c-format
    643 msgid "Invalid argument \"%s\" for --%s, valid values are: %s\n"
    644 msgstr "Неправилен аргумент „%s“ за --%s: правилните стойности са: %s\n"
    645 
    646 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:850
    647 #, c-format
    648 msgid ""
    649 "Cannot change the workspace layout on the screen: the layout is already "
    650 "owned\n"
    651 msgstr ""
    652 "Подредбата на работните плотове на екрана не може да бъде променена: "
    653 "подредбата вече е притежавана\n"
    654 
    655 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    656 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    657 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:884
    658 #, c-format
    659 msgid ""
    660 "Viewport cannot be moved: the current workspace does not contain a viewport\n"
    661 msgstr ""
    662 "Изгледът не може да бъде преместен: текущия работен плот не съдържа изглед\n"
    663 
    664 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    665 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    666 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:890
    667 #, c-format
    668 msgid "Viewport cannot be moved: there is no current workspace\n"
    669 msgstr ""
    670 "Изгледът не може да бъде преместен, в момента няма текущ работен плот\n"
    671 
    672 #. FIXME: why do we have dual & boolean API. This is not consistent!
    673 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:926 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:935
    674 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:944 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:951
    675 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:961 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:968
    676 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:977 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1026
    677 #, c-format
    678 msgid "Action not allowed\n"
    679 msgstr "Действието не е позволено\n"
    680 
    681 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1022
    682 #, c-format
    683 msgid "Window cannot be moved to workspace %d: the workspace does not exist\n"
    684 msgstr ""
    685 "Прозорецът не може да бъде преместен на работния плот %d: той не съществува\n"
    686 
    687 #. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set".
    688 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1086 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1218
    689 msgid "<name unset>"
    690 msgstr "<името не е зададено>"
    691 
    692 #. Translators: %lu is a window number and %s a window name
    693 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1089
    694 #, c-format
    695 msgid "%lu: %s\n"
    696 msgstr "%lu: %s\n"
    697 
    698 #. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name
    699 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1109
    700 #, c-format
    701 msgid "%d: %s\n"
    702 msgstr "%d: %s\n"
    703 
    704 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1172
    705 #, c-format
    706 msgid "Screen Number: %d\n"
    707 msgstr "Номер на екран: %d\n"
    708 
    709 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1174 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1255
    710 #, c-format
    711 msgid "Geometry (width, height): %d, %d\n"
    712 msgstr "Геометрия (широчина, височина): %d, %d\n"
    713 
    714 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1178
    715 #, c-format
    716 msgid "Number of Workspaces: %d\n"
    717 msgstr "Брой работни плотове %d\n"
    718 
    719 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1184
    720 #, c-format
    721 msgid "Workspace Layout (rows, columns, orientation): %d, %d, %s\n"
    722 msgstr ""
    723 "Подредба на работните плотове (редове, колони, ориентация): %d, %d, %s\n"
    724 
    725 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1194 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1251
    726 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1443
    727 msgid "<no EWMH-compliant window manager>"
    728 msgstr "<липсва мениджър на прозорци съвместим с EWMH>"
    729 
    730 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1195
    731 #, c-format
    732 msgid "Window Manager: %s\n"
    733 msgstr "Мениджър на прозорци: %s\n"
    734 
    735 #. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name
    736 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1200 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1279
    737 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1291 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1303
    738 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1315 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1428
    739 #, c-format
    740 msgid "%d (\"%s\")"
    741 msgstr "%d („%s“)"
    742 
    743 #. Translators: "none" here means "no workspace"
    744 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1205 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1284
    745 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1296 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1308
    746 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1320 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1435
    747 msgctxt "workspace"
    748 msgid "none"
    749 msgstr "няма"
    750 
    751 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1206
    752 #, c-format
    753 msgid "Active Workspace: %s\n"
    754 msgstr "Активен работен плот: %s\n"
    755 
    756 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1215
    757 #, c-format
    758 msgid "\"%s\""
    759 msgstr "„%s“"
    760 
    761 #. Translators: %lu is a window number and %s a window name
    762 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1221
    763 #, c-format
    764 msgid "%lu (%s)"
    765 msgstr "%lu (%s)"
    766 
    767 #. Translators: "none" here means "no window"
    768 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1227
    769 msgctxt "window"
    770 msgid "none"
    771 msgstr "няма"
    772 
    773 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1228
    774 #, c-format
    775 msgid "Active Window: %s\n"
    776 msgstr "Активен прозорец: %s\n"
    777 
    778 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1231
    779 #, c-format
    780 msgid "Showing the desktop: %s\n"
    781 msgstr "Показване на работния плот: %s\n"
    782 
    783 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1233
    784 msgid "true"
    785 msgstr "истина"
    786 
    787 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1233
    788 msgid "false"
    789 msgstr "лъжа"
    790 
    791 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1244
    792 #, c-format
    793 msgid "Workspace Name: %s\n"
    794 msgstr "Име на работен плот: %s\n"
    795 
    796 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1245
    797 #, c-format
    798 msgid "Workspace Number: %d\n"
    799 msgstr "Работен плот: %d\n"
    800 
    801 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1252 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1444
    802 #, c-format
    803 msgid "On Screen: %d (Window Manager: %s)\n"
    804 msgstr "На екран: %d (мениджър на прозорци: %s)\n"
    805 
    806 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    807 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    808 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1266
    809 msgid "<no viewport>"
    810 msgstr "<няма изглед>"
    811 
    812 #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. a viewport can be used to implement
    813 #. a workspace (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is not just the current workspace.
    814 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1269
    815 #, c-format
    816 msgid "Viewport position (x, y): %s\n"
    817 msgstr "Местоположение на изгледа (x, y): %s\n"
    818 
    819 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1272
    820 #, c-format
    821 msgid "Position in Layout (row, column): %d, %d\n"
    822 msgstr "Положение в подредбата (ред, колона): %d, %d\n"
    823 
    824 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1285
    825 #, c-format
    826 msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n"
    827 msgstr "Ляв съсед: %s\n"
    828 
    829 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1297
    830 #, c-format
    831 msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n"
    832 msgstr "Десен съсед: %s\n"
    833 
    834 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1309
    835 #, c-format
    836 msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n"
    837 msgstr "Горен съсед: %s\n"
    838 
    839 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1321
    840 #, c-format
    841 msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n"
    842 msgstr "Долен съсед: %s\n"
    843 
    844 #. Translators: Ressource class is the name to identify a class.
    845 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1333
    846 #, c-format
    847 msgid "Resource Class: %s\n"
    848 msgstr "Клас на ресурса: %s\n"
    849 
    850 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1335
    851 #, c-format
    852 msgid "Group Name: %s\n"
    853 msgstr "Име на групата: %s\n"
    854 
    855 #. Translators: 'set' in the sense of "something has been set".
    856 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1341 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1365
    857 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1419
    858 msgid "set"
    859 msgstr "зададено"
    860 
    861 #. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set".
    862 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1344 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1368
    863 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1375 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1405
    864 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1412 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1422
    865 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1487 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1497
    866 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1505
    867 msgid "<unset>"
    868 msgstr "<не е зададено>"
    869 
    870 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1345 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1369
    871 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1423
    872 #, c-format
    873 msgid "Icons: %s\n"
    874 msgstr "Икони: %s\n"
    875 
    876 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1348 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1386
    877 #, c-format
    878 msgid "Number of Windows: %d\n"
    879 msgstr "Брой прозорци %d\n"
    880 
    881 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1360 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1406
    882 #, c-format
    883 msgid "Name: %s\n"
    884 msgstr "Име: %s\n"
    885 
    886 #. Translators: note that "Icon" here has a specific window
    887 #. * management-related meaning. It means minimized.
    888 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1361 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1415
    889 #, c-format
    890 msgid "Icon Name: %s\n"
    891 msgstr "Име на иконата: %s\n"
    892 
    893 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1376 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1498
    894 #, c-format
    895 msgid "PID: %s\n"
    896 msgstr "Ид. на пр.: %s\n"
    897 
    898 #. Translators: "none" here means "no startup ID"
    899 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1383
    900 msgctxt "startupID"
    901 msgid "none"
    902 msgstr "няма"
    903 
    904 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1384
    905 #, c-format
    906 msgid "Startup ID: %s\n"
    907 msgstr "Ид. при стартиране: %s\n"
    908 
    909 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1432
    910 msgid "all workspaces"
    911 msgstr "всички работни плотове"
    912 
    913 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1436
    914 #, c-format
    915 msgid "On Workspace: %s\n"
    916 msgstr "На работен плот: %s\n"
    917 
    918 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1451
    919 msgid "normal window"
    920 msgstr "обикновен прозорец"
    921 
    922 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1454
    923 msgid "desktop"
    924 msgstr "работен плот"
    925 
    926 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1457
    927 msgid "dock or panel"
    928 msgstr "док или панел"
    929 
    930 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1460
    931 msgid "dialog window"
    932 msgstr "диалогов прозорец"
    933 
    934 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1463
    935 msgid "tearoff toolbar"
    936 msgstr "лента за откъсване"
    937 
    938 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1466
    939 msgid "tearoff menu"
    940 msgstr "меню за откъсване"
    941 
    942 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1469
    943 msgid "utility window"
    944 msgstr "прозорец с инструменти"
    945 
    946 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1472
    947 msgid "splash screen"
    948 msgstr "начален прозорец"
    949 
    950 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1477
    951 #, c-format
    952 msgid "Window Type: %s\n"
    953 msgstr "Вид на прозореца: %s\n"
    954 
    955 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1480
    956 #, c-format
    957 msgid "Geometry (x, y, width, height): %d, %d, %d, %d\n"
    958 msgstr "Геометрия (x, y, широчина, височина): %d, %d, %d, %d\n"
    959 
    960 #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the same class.
    961 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1489
    962 #, c-format
    963 msgid "Class Group: %s\n"
    964 msgstr "Група с клас: %s\n"
    965 
    966 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1491
    967 #, c-format
    968 msgid "XID: %lu\n"
    969 msgstr "Ид. по X: %lu\n"
    970 
    971 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1506
    972 #, c-format
    973 msgid "Session ID: %s\n"
    974 msgstr "Ид. на сесия: %s\n"
    975 
    976 #. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a group
    977 #. * of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one application, one window
    978 #. * has some information about the application (like the application name).
    979 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1512
    980 #, c-format
    981 msgid "Group Leader: %lu\n"
    982 msgstr "Групов водач: %lu\n"
    983 
    984 #. Translators: A window can be transient for another window: it means it's on top of it
    985 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1517
    986 #, c-format
    987 msgid "Transient for: %lu\n"
    988 msgstr "Временен прозорец за: %lu\n"
    989 
    990 #. FIXME: else print something?
    991 #. Translators: we're building a list of items here.             * For example, the result is "a, b".                            * In this case, the first string is "a", the second             * string is ", " and the third string is "b".                   * We can then use this information here to also                 * recursively build longer lists, like "a, b, c, d"
    992 #. Translators: we're building a list of items here.             * The end result is something like "a, b, c"                    * In this case, the first string is "a, b", the second          * string is ", " and the third string is "c"
    993 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1532 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1579
    994 #, c-format
    995 msgid "%1$s%2$s%3$s"
    996 msgstr "%1$s%2$s%3$s"
    997 
    998 #. Translators: see comment for "%1$s%2$s%3$s" in order          * to properly translate this
    999 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1536 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1581
    1000 msgid ", "
    1001 msgstr ", "
    1002 
    1003 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1542
    1004 msgid "minimized"
    1005 msgstr "минимизиран"
    1006 
    1007 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1543
    1008 msgid "maximized"
    1009 msgstr "максимизиран"
    1010 
    1011 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1547
    1012 msgid "maximized horizontally"
    1013 msgstr "максимизиран по хоризонтала"
    1014 
    1015 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1549
    1016 msgid "maximized vertically"
    1017 msgstr "максимизиран по вертикала"
    1018 
    1019 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1551
    1020 msgid "shaded"
    1021 msgstr "навит"
    1022 
    1023 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1552
    1024 msgid "pinned"
    1025 msgstr "забоден на всички работни плотове"
    1026 
    1027 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1553
    1028 msgid "sticky"
    1029 msgstr "залепен на всички изгледи"
    1030 
    1031 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1554
    1032 msgid "above"
    1033 msgstr "над"
    1034 
    1035 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1555
    1036 msgid "below"
    1037 msgstr "под"
    1038 
    1039 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1556
    1040 msgid "fullscreen"
    1041 msgstr "на цял екран"
    1042 
    1043 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1557
    1044 msgid "needs attention"
    1045 msgstr "иска внимание"
    1046 
    1047 #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace switcher.
    1048 #. * It's a representation of all workspaces with windows inside it.
    1049 #. * Please make sure that the translation is in sync with gnome-panel,
    1050 #. * where this term is also used in translatable strings
    1051 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1562
     1032#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1596
    10521033msgid "skip pager"
    10531034msgstr "прескачане на превключвателя на работни плотове"
    10541035
    1055 #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window list)
    1056 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1564
     1036#. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window
     1037#. * list)
     1038#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1599
    10571039msgid "skip tasklist"
    10581040msgstr "прескачане на списъка с прозорците"
    10591041
    1060 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1566
     1042#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1601
    10611043msgid "normal"
    10621044msgstr "обикновен"
    10631045
    1064 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1567
     1046#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1602
    10651047#, c-format
    10661048msgid "State: %s\n"
    10671049msgstr "Състояние: %s\n"
    10681050
    1069 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1588
     1051#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1623
    10701052msgid "move"
    10711053msgstr "преместване"
    10721054
    1073 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1589
     1055#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1624
    10741056msgid "resize"
    10751057msgstr "оразмеряване"
    10761058
    1077 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1590
     1059#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1625
    10781060msgid "shade"
    10791061msgstr "навиване"
    10801062
    1081 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1591
     1063#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1626
    10821064msgid "unshade"
    10831065msgstr "развиване"
    10841066
    1085 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1592
     1067#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1627
    10861068msgid "stick"
    10871069msgstr "залепяне"
    10881070
    1089 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1593
     1071#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1628
    10901072msgid "unstick"
    10911073msgstr "отлепяне"
    10921074
    1093 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1595
     1075#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1630
    10941076msgid "maximize horizontally"
    10951077msgstr "максимизиране по хоризонтала"
    10961078
    1097 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1597
     1079#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1632
    10981080msgid "unmaximize horizontally"
    10991081msgstr "демаксимизиране по хоризонтала"
    11001082
    1101 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1599
     1083#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1634
    11021084msgid "maximize vertically"
    11031085msgstr "максимизиране по вертикала"
    11041086
    1105 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1601
     1087#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1636
    11061088msgid "unmaximize vertically"
    11071089msgstr "демаксимизиране по вертикала"
    11081090
    1109 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1604
     1091#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1639
    11101092msgid "change workspace"
    11111093msgstr "смяна на работния плот"
    11121094
    1113 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1606
     1095#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1641
    11141096msgid "pin"
    11151097msgstr "забождане"
    11161098
    1117 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1608
     1099#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1643
    11181100msgid "unpin"
    11191101msgstr "освобождаване"
    11201102
    1121 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1609
     1103#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1644
    11221104msgid "minimize"
    11231105msgstr "минимизиране"
    11241106
    1125 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1610
     1107#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1645
    11261108msgid "unminimize"
    11271109msgstr "деминимизиране"
    11281110
    1129 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1611
     1111#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1646
    11301112msgid "maximize"
    11311113msgstr "максимизиране"
    11321114
    1133 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1612
     1115#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1647
    11341116msgid "unmaximize"
    11351117msgstr "демаксимизиране"
    11361118
    1137 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1614
     1119#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1649
    11381120msgid "change fullscreen mode"
    11391121msgstr "промяна на режима на цял екран"
    11401122
    1141 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1615
     1123#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1650
    11421124msgid "close"
    11431125msgstr "затваряне"
    11441126
    1145 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1617
     1127#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1652
    11461128msgid "make above"
    11471129msgstr "да е над всички"
    11481130
    1149 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1619
     1131#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1654
    11501132msgid "unmake above"
    11511133msgstr "да не е над всички"
    11521134
    1153 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1621
     1135#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1656
    11541136msgid "make below"
    11551137msgstr "да е под всички"
    11561138
    1157 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1623
     1139#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1658
    11581140msgid "unmake below"
    11591141msgstr "да не е под всички"
    11601142
    1161 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1625
     1143#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1660
    11621144msgid "no action possible"
    11631145msgstr "няма възможно действие"
    11641146
    1165 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1626
     1147#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1661
    11661148#, c-format
    11671149msgid "Possible Actions: %s\n"
    11681150msgstr "Възможни действия: %s\n"
    11691151
    1170 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1805
     1152#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1842
    11711153msgid ""
    11721154"Print or modify the properties of a screen/workspace/window, or interact "
    … …  
    11801162"\thttp://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec"
    11811163
    1182 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1815
     1164#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1852
    11831165msgid "Options to list windows or workspaces"
    11841166msgstr "Опции за списъка на прозорците и работните плотове"
    11851167
    1186 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1816
     1168#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1853
    11871169msgid "Show options to list windows or workspaces"
    11881170msgstr "Показване на опциите за списъка на прозорците и работните плотове"
    11891171
    1190 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1823
     1172#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1860
    11911173msgid "Options to modify properties of a window"
    11921174msgstr "Опции за промяна на настройките на прозорец"
    11931175
    1194 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1824
     1176#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1861
    11951177msgid "Show options to modify properties of a window"
    11961178msgstr "Показване на опциите за промяна на настройките на прозорец"
    11971179
    1198 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1831
     1180#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1868
    11991181msgid "Options to modify properties of a workspace"
    12001182msgstr "Опции за промяна на настройките на работен плот"
    12011183
    1202 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1832
     1184#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1869
    12031185msgid "Show options to modify properties of a workspace"
    12041186msgstr "Показване на опциите за промяна на настройките на работен плот"
    12051187
    1206 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1839
     1188#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1876
    12071189msgid "Options to modify properties of a screen"
    12081190msgstr "Опции за промяна на настройките на екран"
    12091191
    1210 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1840
     1192#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1877
    12111193msgid "Show options to modify properties of a screen"
    12121194msgstr "Показване на опциите за промяна на настройките на екран"
    12131195
    1214 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1851
     1196#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1888
    12151197#, c-format
    12161198msgid "Error while parsing arguments: %s\n"
    12171199msgstr "Грешка при анализа на аргументи: %s\n"
    12181200
    1219 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1874
     1201#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1911
    12201202#, c-format
    12211203msgid "Cannot interact with screen %d: the screen does not exist\n"
    12221204msgstr "Екран %d не съществува и не може да се работи с него\n"
    12231205
    1224 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1930
     1206#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1967
    12251207#, c-format
    12261208msgid "Cannot interact with workspace %d: the workspace cannot be found\n"
    12271209msgstr "Работният плот %d не съществува и не може да се работи с него\n"
    12281210
    1229 #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the same class.
    1230 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1953
     1211#. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are
     1212#. * of the same class.
     1213#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1991
    12311214#, c-format
    12321215msgid ""
    … …  
    12351218"Не може да се работи с групата с клас „%s“: тя не може да бъде открита\n"
    12361219
    1237 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1976
     1220#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2014
    12381221#, c-format
    12391222msgid ""
    … …  
    12441227"приложението не може да бъде открито\n"
    12451228
    1246 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1999
     1229#: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2037
    12471230#, c-format
    12481231msgid "Cannot interact with window with XID %lu: the window cannot be found\n"

  • gnome/master/totem.master.bg.po

    r2259 r2322  
    11# Bulgarian translation of totem po-file.
    22# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    3 # Copyright (C) 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     3# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    44# Copyright (C) 2011 Krasimir "Bfaf" Chonov <mk2616@abv.bg>.
    55# This file is distributed under the same license as the totem package.
    66# Evgeni Boevski <linkej@yahoo.com>, 2003.
    7 # Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010.
     7# Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011.
    88# Vladimir Petkov <kaladan@gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
    99# Damyan Ivanov <dam+gnome@ktnx.net>, 2010, 2011.
    … …  
    1414"Project-Id-Version: totem master\n"
    1515"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
    16 "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-02-05 09:44+0200\n"
    17 "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-05 09:43+0200\n"
    18 "Last-Translator: Krasimir Chonov <mk2616@abv.bg>\n"
     16"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-13 06:47+0300\n"
     17"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-13 06:47+0300\n"
     18"Last-Translator: Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>\n"
    1919"Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@fsa-bg.org>\n"
    2020"Language: bg\n"
    … …  
    7272msgstr "П_ремахване"
    7373
    74 #: ../data/playlist.ui.h:11 ../data/totem.ui.h:145
     74#: ../data/playlist.ui.h:11 ../data/totem.ui.h:141
    7575msgid "_Select Text Subtitles..."
    7676msgstr "_Шрифт за субтитрите…"
    … …  
    7878#. Channels
    7979#: ../data/properties.ui.h:1
    80 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:175
     80#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:140
    8181msgid "0 Channels"
    8282msgstr "0 канала"
    … …  
    8484#. Sample rate
    8585#: ../data/properties.ui.h:2
    86 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:173
     86#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:138
    8787msgid "0 Hz"
    8888msgstr "0 Hz"
    … …  
    9797
    9898#. 0 seconds
    99 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:5 ../src/backend/video-utils.c:192
     99#: ../data/properties.ui.h:5
     100#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:176
    100101msgid "0 seconds"
    101102msgstr "0 секунди"
    … …  
    114115
    115116#: ../data/properties.ui.h:9 ../data/totem.ui.h:23
    116 #: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:89
     117#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:254
    117118msgid "Audio"
    118119msgstr "Звук"
    … …  
    120121#. Audio Codec
    121122#: ../data/properties.ui.h:10
    122 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:171
     123#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:136
    123124msgctxt "Audio codec"
    124125msgid "N/A"
    … …  
    142143
    143144#: ../data/properties.ui.h:15
     145msgid "Container:"
     146msgstr "Контейнер:"
     147
     148#: ../data/properties.ui.h:16
    144149msgid "Dimensions:"
    145150msgstr "Размери:"
    146151
    147 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:16
     152#: ../data/properties.ui.h:17
    148153msgid "Duration:"
    149154msgstr "Продължителност:"
    150155
    151 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:17
     156#: ../data/properties.ui.h:18
    152157msgid "Framerate:"
    153158msgstr "Кадри/сек:"
    154159
    155 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:18 ../data/totem.ui.h:41
     160#: ../data/properties.ui.h:19 ../data/totem.ui.h:41
    156161msgid "General"
    157162msgstr "Общи"
    158163
    159 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:19
     164#: ../data/properties.ui.h:20
    160165msgid "Sample rate:"
    161166msgstr "Кадри/сек:"
    162167
    163 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:20
     168#: ../data/properties.ui.h:21
    164169msgid "Title:"
    165170msgstr "Заглавие:"
    … …  
    169174#. Album
    170175#. Year
    171 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:21
    172 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:145
    173 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:147
    174 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:149
    175 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:151
     176#. Container
     177#: ../data/properties.ui.h:22
     178#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:107
     179#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:109
     180#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:111
     181#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:113
     182#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:119
    176183msgid "Unknown"
    177184msgstr "Непознат"
    178185
    179 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:22 ../data/totem.ui.h:104
    180 #: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:85
     186#: ../data/properties.ui.h:23 ../data/totem.ui.h:104
     187#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:256
    181188msgid "Video"
    182189msgstr "Видео"
    183190
    184191#. Video Codec
    185 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:23
    186 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:160
     192#: ../data/properties.ui.h:24
     193#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:124
    187194msgctxt "Video codec"
    188195msgid "N/A"
    189196msgstr "Липсва"
    190197
    191 #: ../data/properties.ui.h:24
     198#: ../data/properties.ui.h:25
    192199msgid "Year:"
    193200msgstr "Година:"
    … …  
    198205
    199206#: ../data/video-list.ui.h:3 ../src/totem-dnd-menu.c:97
    200 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:9
    201207msgid "_Add to Playlist"
    202208msgstr "_Добавяне към списъка за изпълнение"
    … …  
    204210#. Title
    205211#: ../data/totem.desktop.in.in.in.h:1 ../data/totem.ui.h:53
    206 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1666
     212#: ../src/totem-object.c:1660
    207213msgid "Movie Player"
    208214msgstr "Изпълнение на филми"
    … …  
    567573msgstr "При пускане да се продължава от мястото, докъдето се е стигнало"
    568574
    569 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:96 ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6008
     575#: ../data/totem.ui.h:96 ../src/totem-properties-view.c:214
     576#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:5551
    570577msgid "Stereo"
    571578msgstr "стерео"
    … …  
    624631
    625632#: ../data/totem.ui.h:112
    626 msgid "Zoom Out"
    627 msgstr "Намаляване"
    628 
    629 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:113
    630 msgid "Zoom Reset"
    631 msgstr "Оригинален размер"
    632 
    633 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:114
    634633msgid "Zoom in"
    635634msgstr "Увеличаване"
    636635
    637 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:115
    638 msgid "Zoom out"
    639 msgstr "Намаляване"
    640 
    641 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:116
    642 msgid "Zoom reset"
    643 msgstr "Оригинален размер"
    644 
    645 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:117
     636#: ../data/totem.ui.h:113
    646637msgid "_About"
    647638msgstr "_Относно"
    648639
    649 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:118
     640#: ../data/totem.ui.h:114
    650641msgid "_Angle Menu"
    651642msgstr "Меню за избор на _ъгъл"
    652643
    653 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:119
     644#: ../data/totem.ui.h:115
    654645msgid "_Aspect Ratio"
    655646msgstr "_Съотношението на екрана"
    656647
    657 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:120
     648#: ../data/totem.ui.h:116
    658649msgid "_Audio output type:"
    659650msgstr "Вид на изхода на _звука:"
    660651
    661 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:121
     652#: ../data/totem.ui.h:117
    662653msgid "_Brightness:"
    663654msgstr "_Яркост"
    664655
    665 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:122
     656#: ../data/totem.ui.h:118
    666657msgid "_Chapter Menu"
    667658msgstr "Меню за избор на _глава"
    668659
    669 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:123
     660#: ../data/totem.ui.h:119
    670661msgid "_Clear Playlist"
    671662msgstr "_Изчистване на списъка за изпълнение"
    672663
    673 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:124
     664#: ../data/totem.ui.h:120
    674665msgid "_Contents"
    675666msgstr "_Ръководство"
    676667
    677 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:125
     668#: ../data/totem.ui.h:121
    678669msgid "_DVD Menu"
    679670msgstr "_Меню за DVD"
    680671
    681 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:126
     672#: ../data/totem.ui.h:122
    682673msgid "_Edit"
    683674msgstr "_Редактиране"
    684675
    685 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:127
     676#: ../data/totem.ui.h:123
    686677msgid "_Eject"
    687678msgstr "_Изваждане"
    688679
    689 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:128
     680#: ../data/totem.ui.h:124
    690681msgid "_Encoding:"
    691682msgstr "_Кодова таблица:"
    692683
    693 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:129
     684#: ../data/totem.ui.h:125
    694685msgid "_Font:"
    695686msgstr "_Шрифт:"
    696687
    697 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:130
     688#: ../data/totem.ui.h:126
    698689msgid "_Fullscreen"
    699690msgstr "На _цял екран"
    700691
    701 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:131
     692#: ../data/totem.ui.h:127
    702693msgid "_Go"
    703694msgstr "_Управление"
    704695
    705 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:132
     696#: ../data/totem.ui.h:128
    706697msgid "_Help"
    707698msgstr "Помо_щ"
    708699
    709 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:133
     700#: ../data/totem.ui.h:129
    710701msgid "_Hue:"
    711702msgstr "_Нюанс:"
    712703
    713 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:134
     704#: ../data/totem.ui.h:130
    714705msgid "_Languages"
    715706msgstr "_Езици"
    716707
    717 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:135
     708#: ../data/totem.ui.h:131
    718709msgid "_Load subtitle files when movie is loaded"
    719710msgstr "_Зареждане на субтитри заедно с филма"
    720711
    721 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:136
     712#: ../data/totem.ui.h:132
    722713msgid "_Movie"
    723714msgstr "_Филм"
    724715
    725 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:137
     716#: ../data/totem.ui.h:133
    726717msgid "_Next Chapter/Movie"
    727718msgstr "_Следваща глава/филм"
    728719
    729 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:138
     720#: ../data/totem.ui.h:134
    730721msgid "_Open..."
    731722msgstr "_Отваряне…"
    732723
    733 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:139
     724#: ../data/totem.ui.h:135
    734725msgid "_Previous Chapter/Movie"
    735726msgstr "_Предишна глава/филм"
    736727
    737 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:140
     728#: ../data/totem.ui.h:136
    738729msgid "_Properties"
    739730msgstr "_Подробности"
    740731
    741 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:141
     732#: ../data/totem.ui.h:137
    742733msgid "_Quit"
    743734msgstr "_Спиране на програмата"
    744735
    745 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:142
     736#: ../data/totem.ui.h:138
    746737msgid "_Repeat Mode"
    747738msgstr "Режим „_Повторение“"
    748739
    749 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:143
     740#: ../data/totem.ui.h:139
    750741msgid "_Resize 1:2"
    751742msgstr "_Оразмеряване 1:2"
    752743
    753 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:144
     744#: ../data/totem.ui.h:140
    754745msgid "_Resize the window when a new video is loaded"
    755746msgstr "_Оразмеряване на прозореца при зареждане на видео"
    756747
    757 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:146
     748#: ../data/totem.ui.h:142
    758749msgid "_Sound"
    759750msgstr "_Звук"
    760751
    761 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:147
     752#: ../data/totem.ui.h:143
    762753msgid "_Title Menu"
    763754msgstr "На_чално меню"
    764755
    765 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:148
     756#: ../data/totem.ui.h:144
    766757msgid "_Type of visualization:"
    767758msgstr "_Избор на визуализация:"
    768759
    769 #: ../data/totem.ui.h:149
     760#: ../data/totem.ui.h:145
    770761msgid "_View"
    771762msgstr "_Изглед"
    … …  
    981972msgstr "Не е обект за стартиране"
    982973
    983 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:235
     974#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:240
    984975#, c-format
    985976msgid "File _Format: %s"
    986977msgstr "_Файлов формат: %s"
    987978
    988 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:374
     979#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:379
    989980msgid "All Files"
    990981msgstr "Всички файлове"
    991982
    992 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:375
     983#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:380
    993984msgid "All Supported Files"
    994985msgstr "Всички поддържани файлове"
    995986
    996 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:384
     987#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:389
    997988msgid "By Extension"
    998989msgstr "По разширение"
    999990
    1000 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:399
     991#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:404
    1001992msgid "File Format"
    1002993msgstr "Файлов формат"
    1003994
    1004 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:417
     995#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:422
    1005996msgid "Extension(s)"
    1006997msgstr "Разширение(я)"
    1007998
    1008999#. Translators: the parameter is a filename
    1009 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:652
     1000#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:657
    10101001#, c-format
    10111002msgid ""
    … …  
    10181009"списъка отдолу."
    10191010
    1020 #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:659
     1011#: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:664
    10211012msgid "File format not recognized"
    10221013msgstr "Непознат файлов формат"
    … …  
    10511042
    10521043#. Dimensions
    1053 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:158
     1044#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:122
    10541045msgctxt "Dimensions"
    10551046msgid "N/A"
    10561047msgstr "Липсват"
    10571048
    1058 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:163
    1059 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:240
     1049#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:127
    10601050msgctxt "Video bit rate"
    10611051msgid "N/A"
    10621052msgstr "Липсва"
    10631053
    1064 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:166
    1065 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:250
     1054#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:130
     1055#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:240
    10661056msgctxt "Frame rate"
    10671057msgid "N/A"
    10681058msgstr "Липсва"
    10691059
    1070 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:169
    1071 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:273
     1060#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:134
    10721061msgctxt "Audio bit rate"
    10731062msgid "N/A"
    10741063msgstr "Липсва"
    10751064
     1065#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:156
     1066#, c-format
     1067msgid "%d hour"
     1068msgid_plural "%d hours"
     1069msgstr[0] "%d час"
     1070msgstr[1] "%d часа"
     1071
     1072#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:158
     1073#, c-format
     1074msgid "%d minute"
     1075msgid_plural "%d minutes"
     1076msgstr[0] "%d минута"
     1077msgstr[1] "%d минути"
     1078
     1079#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:161
     1080#, c-format
     1081msgid "%d second"
     1082msgid_plural "%d seconds"
     1083msgstr[0] "%d секунда"
     1084msgstr[1] "%d секунди"
     1085
     1086#. 5 hours 2 minutes 12 seconds
     1087#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:167
     1088#, c-format
     1089msgctxt "time"
     1090msgid "%s %s %s"
     1091msgstr "%s, %s и %s"
     1092
     1093#. 2 minutes 12 seconds
     1094#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:170
     1095#, c-format
     1096msgctxt "time"
     1097msgid "%s %s"
     1098msgstr "%s и %s"
     1099
    10761100#: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:237
    1077 #, c-format
    1078 msgid "%d x %d"
    1079 msgstr "%d x %d"
    1080 
    1081 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:240
    1082 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:273
    1083 #, c-format
    1084 msgid "%d kbps"
    1085 msgstr "%d kbps"
    1086 
    1087 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:247
    10881101#, c-format
    10891102msgid "%d frame per second"
    … …  
    10921105msgstr[1] "%d кадъра в секунда"
    10931106
    1094 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:276
    1095 #, c-format
    1096 msgid "%d Hz"
    1097 msgstr "%d Hz"
    1098 
    1099 #: ../src/properties/bacon-video-widget-properties.c:276
    1100 msgctxt "Sample rate"
    1101 msgid "N/A"
    1102 msgstr "Липсва"
    1103 
    1104 #: ../src/totem-audio-preview.c:82
     1107#: ../src/totem-audio-preview.c:166
    11051108msgid "Audio Preview"
    11061109msgstr "Преглед на аудио"
    … …  
    11181121msgstr "Отказ"
    11191122
    1120 #: ../src/totem-fullscreen.c:617
     1123#: ../src/totem-fullscreen.c:621
    11211124msgid "No File"
    11221125msgstr "Липсва файл"
    11231126
    1124 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:180 ../src/totem-interface.c:223
     1127#: ../src/totem-interface.c:181 ../src/totem-interface.c:224
    11251128#, c-format
    11261129msgid "Couldn't load the '%s' interface. %s"
    11271130msgstr "Грешка при зареждането на интерфейса „%s“. %s"
    11281131
    1129 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:180
     1132#: ../src/totem-interface.c:181
    11301133msgid "The file does not exist."
    11311134msgstr "Файлът не съществува."
    11321135
    1133 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:182 ../src/totem-interface.c:184
    1134 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:225 ../src/totem-interface.c:227
     1136#: ../src/totem-interface.c:183 ../src/totem-interface.c:185
     1137#: ../src/totem-interface.c:226 ../src/totem-interface.c:228
    11351138msgid "Make sure that Totem is properly installed."
    11361139msgstr "Проверете дали Totem е инсталиран правилно."
    11371140
    1138 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:346
     1141#: ../src/totem-interface.c:347
    11391142msgid ""
    11401143"Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the "
    … …  
    11481151"ваше решение) по-късна версия."
    11491152
    1150 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:350
     1153#: ../src/totem-interface.c:351
    11511154msgid ""
    11521155"Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY "
    … …  
    11591162"ДА Е УПОТРЕБА. За подробности погледнете Общия публичен лиценз на GNU."
    11601163
    1161 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:354
     1164#: ../src/totem-interface.c:355
    11621165msgid ""
    11631166"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
    … …  
    11691172"Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA."
    11701173
    1171 #: ../src/totem-interface.c:357
     1174#: ../src/totem-interface.c:358
    11721175msgid ""
    11731176"Totem contains an exception to allow the use of proprietary GStreamer "
    … …  
    11781181
    11791182#. Translators: an entry in the "Languages" menu, used to choose the audio language of a DVD
    1180 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:192
     1183#: ../src/totem-menu.c:190
    11811184msgid "None"
    11821185msgstr "Без"
    11831186
    11841187#. Translators: an entry in the "Languages" menu, used to choose the audio language of a DVD
    1185 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:197
     1188#: ../src/totem-menu.c:195
    11861189msgctxt "Language"
    11871190msgid "Auto"
    … …  
    11911194#. * This is not a JPEG image, but a disc image, for example,
    11921195#. * an ISO file
    1193 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:739
     1196#: ../src/totem-menu.c:765
    11941197#, c-format
    11951198msgid "Play Image '%s'"
    11961199msgstr "Изпълнение на изображение на диск: „%s“"
    11971200
    1198 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:742 ../src/totem-menu.c:824
     1201#: ../src/totem-menu.c:768 ../src/totem-menu.c:851
    11991202#, c-format
    12001203msgid "device%d"
    12011204msgstr "устройство%d"
    12021205
    1203 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:821
     1206#: ../src/totem-menu.c:848
    12041207#, c-format
    12051208msgid "Play Disc '%s'"
    … …  
    12081211#. This lists the back-end type and version, such as
    12091212#. * Movie Player using GStreamer 0.10.1
    1210 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:1172
     1213#: ../src/totem-menu.c:1189
    12111214#, c-format
    12121215msgid "Movie Player using %s"
    12131216msgstr "Програма за гледане на филми, която използва %s"
    12141217
    1215 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:1176
     1218#: ../src/totem-menu.c:1193
    12161219msgid "Copyright © 2002-2009 Bastien Nocera"
    12171220msgstr "Авторски права © 2002-2009 Bastien Nocera"
    12181221
    1219 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:1181 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1166
     1222#: ../src/totem-menu.c:1198
    12201223msgid "translator-credits"
    12211224msgstr ""
    … …  
    12301233"Докладвайте за грешки на http://gnome.cult.bg/bugs"
    12311234
    1232 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:1185
     1235#: ../src/totem-menu.c:1202
    12331236msgid "Totem Website"
    12341237msgstr "Уеб сайт на Totem"
    12351238
    1236 #: ../src/totem-menu.c:1219
     1239#: ../src/totem-menu.c:1236
    12371240msgid "Configure Plugins"
    12381241msgstr "Настройки на приставките"
    12391242
    12401243#. Translators: %s is the totem version number
    1241 #: ../src/totem-object.c:473
     1244#: ../src/totem-object.c:468
    12421245#, c-format
    12431246msgid "Totem %s"
    12441247msgstr "Totem %s"
    12451248
    1246 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1046 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:368
     1249#: ../src/totem-object.c:1040 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:366
    12471250msgid "Playing"
    12481251msgstr "Изпълнява се"
    12491252
    1250 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1048 ../src/totem-options.c:52
     1253#: ../src/totem-object.c:1042 ../src/totem-options.c:52
    12511254msgid "Pause"
    12521255msgstr "Пауза"
    12531256
    1254 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1053 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:364
     1257#: ../src/totem-object.c:1047 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:362
    12551258msgid "Paused"
    12561259msgstr "На пауза"
    12571260
    1258 #. Translators: this refers to a media file
    1259 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1055 ../src/totem-object.c:1065
     1261#: ../src/totem-object.c:1049 ../src/totem-object.c:1059
    12601262#: ../src/totem-options.c:51
    1261 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.py:84
    1262 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.py:96
    12631263msgid "Play"
    12641264msgstr "Изпълнение"
    12651265
    1266 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1060 ../src/totem-object.c:1658
    1267 #: ../src/totem-statusbar.c:115 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:352
     1266#: ../src/totem-object.c:1054 ../src/totem-object.c:1652
     1267#: ../src/totem-statusbar.c:115 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:350
    12681268msgid "Stopped"
    12691269msgstr "Спрян"
    12701270
    1271 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1141 ../src/totem-object.c:1168
    1272 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1796 ../src/totem-object.c:1959
     1271#: ../src/totem-object.c:1135 ../src/totem-object.c:1162
     1272#: ../src/totem-object.c:1792 ../src/totem-object.c:1956
    12731273#, c-format
    12741274msgid "Totem could not play '%s'."
    12751275msgstr "Totem не може да изпълни „%s“."
    12761276
    1277 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1245
     1277#: ../src/totem-object.c:1239
    12781278#, c-format
    12791279msgid ""
    … …  
    12841284"приставка."
    12851285
    1286 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1246
     1286#: ../src/totem-object.c:1240
    12871287msgid ""
    12881288"You might want to check that a disc is present in the drive and that it is "
    … …  
    12911291"Проверете има ли носител в устройството и дали то е настроено правилно."
    12921292
    1293 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1254
     1293#: ../src/totem-object.c:1248
    12941294msgid "More information about media plugins"
    12951295msgstr "Повече информация за медийните приставки"
    12961296
    1297 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1255
     1297#: ../src/totem-object.c:1249
    12981298msgid ""
    12991299"Please install the necessary plugins and restart Totem to be able to play "
    … …  
    13041304
    13051305# c-format
    1306 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1257
     1306#: ../src/totem-object.c:1251
    13071307#, c-format
    13081308msgid ""
    … …  
    13131313"приставки за четене от диска."
    13141314
    1315 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1259
     1315#: ../src/totem-object.c:1253
    13161316#, c-format
    13171317msgid ""
    … …  
    13221322"приставки."
    13231323
    1324 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1262
     1324#: ../src/totem-object.c:1256
    13251325#, c-format
    13261326msgid "Totem cannot play this type of media (%s) because it is not supported."
    … …  
    13281328"Totem не може да изпълни този вид медия (%s) поради липса на поддръжка."
    13291329
    1330 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1263
     1330#: ../src/totem-object.c:1257
    13311331msgid "Please insert another disc to play back."
    13321332msgstr "Поставете следващ диск, който да бъде изпълнен."
    13331333
    1334 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1299
     1334#: ../src/totem-object.c:1293
    13351335msgid "Totem was not able to play this disc."
    13361336msgstr "Totem не успя да пусне диска за изпълнение."
    13371337
    1338 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1300 ../src/totem-object.c:4273
     1338#: ../src/totem-object.c:1294 ../src/totem-object.c:4222
    13391339msgid "No reason."
    13401340msgstr "Няма причина."
    13411341
    1342 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1314
     1342#: ../src/totem-object.c:1308
    13431343msgid "Totem does not support playback of Audio CDs"
    13441344msgstr "Totem не поддържа изпълнение на аудио CD-та."
    13451345
    1346 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1315
     1346#: ../src/totem-object.c:1309
    13471347msgid "Please consider using a music player or a CD extractor to play this CD"
    13481348msgstr ""
    … …  
    13501350"пуснете CD-то."
    13511351
    1352 #: ../src/totem-object.c:1802
     1352#: ../src/totem-object.c:1798
    13531353msgid "No error message"
    13541354msgstr "Липсва съобщение за грешка"
    13551355
    1356 #: ../src/totem-object.c:2194
     1356#: ../src/totem-object.c:2147
    13571357msgid "Totem could not display the help contents."
    13581358msgstr "Ръководството не може да бъде показано."
    13591359
    1360 #: ../src/totem-object.c:2532 ../src/totem-object.c:2534
    1361 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1469
     1360#: ../src/totem-object.c:2486 ../src/totem-object.c:2488
     1361#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1410
    13621362msgid "An error occurred"
    13631363msgstr "Получи се грешка"
    13641364
    1365 #: ../src/totem-object.c:4107 ../src/totem-object.c:4109
     1365#: ../src/totem-object.c:4057 ../src/totem-object.c:4059
    13661366msgid "Previous Chapter/Movie"
    13671367msgstr "Предишна глава/филм"
    13681368
    1369 #: ../src/totem-object.c:4116 ../src/totem-object.c:4118
     1369#: ../src/totem-object.c:4066 ../src/totem-object.c:4068
    13701370msgid "Play / Pause"
    13711371msgstr "Изпълнение/пауза"
    13721372
    1373 #: ../src/totem-object.c:4126 ../src/totem-object.c:4128
     1373#: ../src/totem-object.c:4076 ../src/totem-object.c:4078
    13741374msgid "Next Chapter/Movie"
    13751375msgstr "Следваща глава/филм"
    … …  
    13771377#. Translators: this is the tooltip text for the fullscreen button in the controls box in Totem's main window.
    13781378#. Translators: this is the accessibility text for the fullscreen button in the controls box in Totem's main window.
    1379 #: ../src/totem-object.c:4140 ../src/totem-object.c:4142
     1379#: ../src/totem-object.c:4090 ../src/totem-object.c:4092
    13801380msgid "Fullscreen"
    13811381msgstr "На цял екран"
    13821382
    1383 #: ../src/totem-object.c:4273
     1383#: ../src/totem-object.c:4222
    13841384msgid "Totem could not startup."
    13851385msgstr "Totem не може да се стартира."
    13861386
    1387 #: ../src/totem-open-location.c:179
     1387#: ../src/totem-open-location.c:182
    13881388msgid "Open Location..."
    13891389msgstr "Отваряне на местоположение…"
    … …  
    14371437msgstr "Спиране на програмата"
    14381438
    1439 #. Translators: this refers to a media file
    14401439#: ../src/totem-options.c:63
    1441 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.py:87
    1442 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.py:99
    14431440msgid "Enqueue"
    14441441msgstr "Добавяне"
    … …  
    14661463
    14671464#. By extension entry
    1468 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:157
     1465#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:161
    14691466msgid "MP3 ShoutCast playlist"
    14701467msgstr "Списък за изпълнение, MP3 ShoutCast"
    14711468
    1472 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:158
     1469#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:162
    14731470msgid "MP3 audio (streamed)"
    14741471msgstr "Аудио по MP3 (поточно)"
    14751472
    1476 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:159
     1473#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:163
    14771474msgid "MP3 audio (streamed, DOS format)"
    14781475msgstr "Аудио по MP3 (поточно, формат DOS)"
    14791476
    1480 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:160
     1477#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:164
    14811478msgid "XML Shareable Playlist"
    14821479msgstr "Списък за изпълнение, споделим чрез XML"
    … …  
    14841481#. This is "Title 3", where title is a DVD title
    14851482#. * Note: NOT a DVD chapter
    1486 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:359
     1483#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:347
    14871484#, c-format
    14881485msgid "Title %d"
    14891486msgstr "Заглавие %d"
    14901487
    1491 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:458
     1488#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:446
    14921489msgid "Could not save the playlist"
    14931490msgstr "Списъкът за изпълнение не може да бъде запазен"
    14941491
    1495 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1033
     1492#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1021
    14961493msgid "Save Playlist"
    14971494msgstr "Запазване на списъка за изпълнение"
    … …  
    14991496#. translators: Playlist is the default saved playlist filename,
    15001497#. * without the suffix
    1501 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1045 ../src/totem-sidebar.c:140
     1498#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1033 ../src/totem-playlist.c:1264
     1499#: ../src/totem-sidebar.c:142
    15021500msgid "Playlist"
    15031501msgstr "Списък"
    15041502
    1505 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1862
     1503#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1857
    15061504#, c-format
    15071505msgid "The playlist '%s' could not be parsed. It might be damaged."
    15081506msgstr "Списъкът „%s“ не може да бъде прочетен, възможно е да е повреден."
    15091507
    1510 #: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1863
     1508#: ../src/totem-playlist.c:1858
    15111509msgid "Playlist error"
    15121510msgstr "Грешка в списъка за изпълнение"
    15131511
    1514 #: ../src/totem-preferences.c:66
    1515 msgid "Enable visual effects?"
    1516 msgstr "Включване на визуалните ефекти?"
    1517 
    1518 #: ../src/totem-preferences.c:68
    1519 msgid ""
    1520 "It seems you are running Totem remotely.\n"
    1521 "Are you sure you want to enable the visual effects?"
    1522 msgstr ""
    1523 "Изглежда използвате Totem отдалечено.\n"
    1524 "Искате ли да разрешите визуалните ефекти?"
    1525 
    1526 #: ../src/totem-preferences.c:332
     1512#: ../src/totem-preferences.c:295
    15271513msgid "Preferences"
    15281514msgstr "Настройки"
    15291515
    1530 #: ../src/totem-preferences.c:490
     1516#: ../src/totem-preferences.c:451
    15311517msgid "Select Subtitle Font"
    15321518msgstr "Шрифт за субтитрите"
    15331519
    1534 #. FIXME this should be setting an error?
    1535 #: ../src/totem-properties-main.c:114 ../src/totem-properties-view.c:83
    1536 #: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:91
     1520#: ../src/totem-properties-main.c:115 ../src/totem-properties-view.c:252
    15371521msgid "Audio/Video"
    15381522msgstr "Звук/видео"
     1523
     1524#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:117
     1525msgid "N/A"
     1526msgstr "Липсва"
     1527
     1528#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:146
     1529#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:152
     1530#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:163
     1531msgctxt "Stream bit rate"
     1532msgid "N/A"
     1533msgstr "Липсва"
     1534
     1535#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:149
     1536#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:152
     1537#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:163
     1538#, c-format
     1539msgid "%d kbps"
     1540msgstr "%d kbps"
     1541
     1542#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:166
     1543#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:149
     1544#, c-format
     1545msgid "%d x %d"
     1546msgstr "%d x %d"
     1547
     1548#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:195
     1549#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:166
     1550#, c-format
     1551msgid "%d Hz"
     1552msgstr "%d Hz"
     1553
     1554#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:202
     1555#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:166
     1556msgctxt "Sample rate"
     1557msgid "N/A"
     1558msgstr "Липсва"
     1559
     1560#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:210
     1561#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:5547
     1562msgid "Surround"
     1563msgstr "обемен звук"
     1564
     1565#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:212
     1566#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:5549
     1567msgid "Mono"
     1568msgstr "моно"
     1569
     1570#: ../src/totem-properties-view.c:222
     1571msgctxt "Number of audio channels"
     1572msgid "N/A"
     1573msgstr "Липсва"
    15391574
    15401575#: ../src/totem-statusbar.c:110
    … …  
    17221757msgstr "виетнамско"
    17231758
    1724 #: ../src/totem-video-list.c:329
     1759#: ../src/totem-video-list.c:330
    17251760msgid "No video URI"
    17261761msgstr "Липсва адрес на видео"
    … …  
    17291764#. The third string is "Resolution" (as translated); the fourth and fifth are screenshot height and width, respectively.
    17301765#. The sixth string is "Duration" (as translated); the seventh is the movie duration in words.
    1731 #: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:679
     1766#: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:872
    17321767#, c-format
    17331768msgid ""
    … …  
    17401775"<b>%s</b>: %s"
    17411776
    1742 #: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:680
     1777#: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:873
    17431778msgid "Filename"
    17441779msgstr "Име на файл"
    17451780
    1746 #: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:682
     1781#: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:875
    17471782msgid "Resolution"
    17481783msgstr "Разделителна способност"
    17491784
    1750 #: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:685
     1785#: ../src/totem-video-thumbnailer.c:878
    17511786msgid "Duration"
    17521787msgstr "Продължителност"
    17531788
    1754 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:502 ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:1000
     1789#: ../src/totem-uri.c:504 ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:998
    17551790msgid "All files"
    17561791msgstr "Всички файлове"
    17571792
    1758 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:507 ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:997
     1793#: ../src/totem-uri.c:509 ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:995
    17591794msgid "Supported files"
    17601795msgstr "Поддържани файлове"
    17611796
    1762 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:519
     1797#: ../src/totem-uri.c:521
    17631798msgid "Audio files"
    17641799msgstr "Аудио файлове"
    17651800
    1766 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:527
     1801#: ../src/totem-uri.c:529
    17671802msgid "Video files"
    17681803msgstr "Видео файлове"
    17691804
    1770 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:537
     1805#: ../src/totem-uri.c:539
    17711806msgid "Subtitle files"
    17721807msgstr "Файлове със субтитри"
    17731808
    1774 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:589
     1809#: ../src/totem-uri.c:591
    17751810msgid "Select Text Subtitles"
    17761811msgstr "Шрифт за субтитрите"
    17771812
    1778 #: ../src/totem-uri.c:652
     1813#: ../src/totem-uri.c:654
    17791814msgid "Select Movies or Playlists"
    17801815msgstr "Избор на филми или списъци за изпълнение"
    … …  
    17961831
    17971832#: ../src/totem.c:254 ../src/totem.c:263
    1798 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:666
    1799 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1864
     1833#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:661
     1834#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1786
    18001835msgid "Totem Movie Player"
    18011836msgstr "Изпълнение на филми (Totem)"
    18021837
    1803 #: ../src/totem.c:255 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2305
     1838#: ../src/totem.c:255 ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2233
    18041839msgid "Could not initialize the thread-safe libraries."
    18051840msgstr ""
    … …  
    18101845msgstr "Проверете системата си. Totem ще бъде спрян."
    18111846
    1812 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:1848
     1847#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:1579
    18131848msgid "Password requested for RTSP server"
    18141849msgstr "Сървърът за RTSP изисква парола"
    18151850
    1816 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3120
    1817 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3124
     1851#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:2836
     1852#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:2840
    18181853#, c-format
    18191854msgid "Audio Track #%d"
    18201855msgstr "Аудио № %d"
    18211856
    1822 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3152
    1823 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3156
     1857#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:2868
     1858#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:2872
    18241859#, c-format
    18251860msgid "Subtitle #%d"
    18261861msgstr "Субтитри № %d"
    18271862
    1828 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3565
     1863#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3276
    18291864msgid ""
    18301865"The requested audio output was not found. Please select another audio output "
    … …  
    18341869"„Избор на мултимедийни системи“"
    18351870
    1836 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3570
     1871#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3281
    18371872msgid "Location not found."
    18381873msgstr "Местоположението не е намерено."
    18391874
    1840 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3574
     1875#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3285
    18411876msgid ""
    18421877"Could not open location; you might not have permission to open the file."
    … …  
    18451880"файла."
    18461881
    1847 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3585
     1882#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3296
    18481883msgid ""
    18491884"The video output is in use by another application. Please close other video "
    … …  
    18541889"програми или изберете друг видео изход в „Избор на мултимедийни системи“."
    18551890
    1856 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3591
     1891#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3302
    18571892msgid ""
    18581893"The audio output is in use by another application. Please select another "
    … …  
    18651900
    18661901#. should be exactly one missing thing (source or converter)
    1867 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3609
    1868 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3615
     1902#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3320
     1903#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3326
    18691904#, c-format
    18701905msgid "The playback of this movie requires a %s plugin which is not installed."
    1871 msgstr ""
    1872 "Изпълнението на този филм изисква приставката „%s“, която не е инсталирана."
    1873 
    1874 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3616
    1875 #, c-format
    1876 msgid ""
     1906msgid_plural ""
    18771907"The playback of this movie requires the following decoders which are not "
    18781908"installed:\n"
    18791909"\n"
    18801910"%s"
    1881 msgstr ""
     1911msgstr[0] ""
     1912"Изпълнението на този филм изисква приставката „%s“, която не е инсталирана."
     1913msgstr[1] ""
    18821914"Изпълнението на този филм изисква следните декодери, които не са "
    18831915"инсталирани:\n"
    … …  
    18851917"%s"
    18861918
    1887 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3641
     1919#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3352
    18881920msgid ""
    18891921"Cannot play this file over the network. Try downloading it to disk first."
    … …  
    18921924"локалния диск."
    18931925
    1894 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:3713
    1895 msgid "Media file could not be played."
    1896 msgstr "Мултимедийният файл не може да бъде изпълнен."
    1897 
    1898 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6004
    1899 msgid "Surround"
    1900 msgstr "обемен звук"
    1901 
    1902 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6006
    1903 msgid "Mono"
    1904 msgstr "моно"
    1905 
    1906 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6353
    1907 msgid "Too old version of GStreamer installed."
    1908 msgstr "Инсталираната версия на GStreamer е твърде стара."
    1909 
    1910 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6360
     1926#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:5834
    19111927msgid "Media contains no supported video streams."
    19121928msgstr "Медията съдържа неподдържани видео потоци."
    19131929
    1914 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6845
     1930#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6008
    19151931msgid ""
    19161932"Failed to create a GStreamer play object. Please check your GStreamer "
    … …  
    19201936"инсталацията на GStreamer."
    19211937
    1922 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6956
    1923 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:7091
    1924 msgid ""
    1925 "Failed to open video output. It may not be available. Please select another "
    1926 "video output in the Multimedia Systems Selector."
    1927 msgstr ""
    1928 "Неуспех при отварянето на видео изхода. Може да не е наличен. Изберете друг "
    1929 "видео изход от „Избор на мултимедийни системи“."
    1930 
    1931 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6968
    1932 msgid ""
    1933 "Could not find the video output. You may need to install additional "
    1934 "GStreamer plugins, or select another video output in the Multimedia Systems "
    1935 "Selector."
    1936 msgstr ""
    1937 "Неуспех при откриването на видео изхода. Може да се наложи да инсталирате "
    1938 "допълнителни приставки на GStreamer или да изберете друг видео изход от "
    1939 "„Избор на мултимедийни системи“."
    1940 
    1941 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:7003
     1938#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6128
    19421939msgid ""
    19431940"Failed to open audio output. You may not have permission to open the sound "
    … …  
    19491946"Изберете друг звуков изход от „Избор на мултимедийни системи“."
    19501947
    1951 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:7023
     1948#: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget-gst-0.10.c:6148
    19521949msgid ""
    19531950"Could not find the audio output. You may need to install additional "
    … …  
    19651962#. * of "%d" if your locale uses localized digits.
    19661963#.
    1967 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:125 ../src/backend/video-utils.c:142
     1964#: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:91 ../src/plugins/skipto/totem-time-entry.c:57
    19681965#, c-format
    19691966msgctxt "long time format"
    … …  
    19771974#. * "%d" if your locale uses localized digits.
    19781975#.
    1979 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:134
     1976#: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:100
    19801977#, c-format
    19811978msgctxt "short time format"
    19821979msgid "%d:%02d"
    19831980msgstr "%d:%02d"
    1984 
    1985 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:172
    1986 #, c-format
    1987 msgid "%d hour"
    1988 msgid_plural "%d hours"
    1989 msgstr[0] "%d час"
    1990 msgstr[1] "%d часа"
    1991 
    1992 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:174
    1993 #, c-format
    1994 msgid "%d minute"
    1995 msgid_plural "%d minutes"
    1996 msgstr[0] "%d минута"
    1997 msgstr[1] "%d минути"
    1998 
    1999 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:177
    2000 #, c-format
    2001 msgid "%d second"
    2002 msgid_plural "%d seconds"
    2003 msgstr[0] "%d секунда"
    2004 msgstr[1] "%d секунди"
    2005 
    2006 #. hour:minutes:seconds
    2007 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:183
    2008 #, c-format
    2009 msgid "%s %s %s"
    2010 msgstr "%s %s %s"
    2011 
    2012 #. minutes:seconds
    2013 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:186
    2014 #, c-format
    2015 msgid "%s %s"
    2016 msgstr "%s %s"
    2017 
    2018 #. seconds
    2019 #: ../src/backend/video-utils.c:189
    2020 #, c-format
    2021 msgid "%s"
    2022 msgstr "%s"
    20231981
    20241982#: ../src/plugins/bemused/bemused.plugin.in.h:1
    … …  
    21662124"<b>Начален момент: </b>%s"
    21672125
    2168 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:330
     2126#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:328
    21692127msgid "Error while reading file with chapters"
    21702128msgstr "Грешка при четене на файла с информация за главите"
    21712129
    2172 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:545
     2130#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:543
    21732131msgid "Chapter with the same time already exists"
    21742132msgstr "Вече има глава по същото време"
    21752133
    2176 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:546
     2134#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:544
    21772135msgid "Try another name or remove an existing chapter."
    21782136msgstr "Опитайте с друго име или премахнете съществуваща глава."
    21792137
    2180 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:719
     2138#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:717
    21812139msgid "Error while writing file with chapters"
    21822140msgstr "Грешка при запис на файла с информация за главите"
    21832141
    2184 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:844
     2142#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:842
    21852143msgid "Error occurred while saving chapters"
    21862144msgstr "Грешка при запазване на главите"
    21872145
    2188 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:845
     2146#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:843
    21892147msgid ""
    21902148"Please check you have permission to write to the folder containing the movie."
    21912149msgstr "Проверете дали имате права за запис в папката, в която е филма."
    21922150
    2193 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:978
     2151#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:976
    21942152msgid "Open Chapter File"
    21952153msgstr "Отваряне на файл с глава"
    21962154
    2197 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:1095
     2155#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:1093
    21982156msgid "Chapter Screenshot"
    21992157msgstr "Кадър от главата"
    22002158
    2201 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:1106
     2159#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-chapters.c:1104
    22022160msgid "Chapter Title"
    22032161msgstr "Заглавие на главата"
    … …  
    22212179msgstr "Ако не запазите промените, те ще бъдат изгубени."
    22222180
    2223 #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-cmml-parser.c:559
     2181#: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-cmml-parser.c:651
    22242182msgid "Failed to parse CMML file"
    22252183msgstr "Грешка при прочитане на файл CMML"
    22262184
    2227 #. Translators: this refers to a media file
    2228 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.py:105
    2229 msgid "Delete"
    2230 msgstr "Изтриване"
    2231 
    2232 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.py:116
    2233 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.plugin.in.h:2
    2234 msgid "Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client"
    2235 msgstr "Клиент за DLNA/UPnP чрез Coherence"
    2236 
    2237 #: ../src/plugins/coherence_upnp/coherence_upnp.plugin.in.h:1
    2238 msgid "A DLNA/UPnP client for Totem powered by Coherence"
    2239 msgstr "Клиент на Totem за DLNA/UPnP чрез Coherence"
    2240 
    2241 #: ../src/plugins/dbus-service/dbus-service.plugin.in.h:1
     2185#: ../src/plugins/dbusservice/dbusservice.plugin.in.h:1
    22422186msgid "D-Bus Service"
    22432187msgstr "Услуга D-Bus"
    22442188
    2245 #: ../src/plugins/dbus-service/dbus-service.plugin.in.h:2
     2189#: ../src/plugins/dbusservice/dbusservice.plugin.in.h:2
    22462190msgid ""
    22472191"Plugin for sending notifications of currently playing movies to the D-Bus "
    … …  
    22512195"подсистемата D-Bus."
    22522196
    2253 #: ../src/plugins/galago/galago.plugin.in.h:1
     2197#: ../src/plugins/im-status/totem-im-status.plugin.in.h:1
    22542198msgid "Instant Messenger status"
    22552199msgstr "Състояние за моментни съобщения"
    22562200
    2257 #: ../src/plugins/galago/galago.plugin.in.h:2
     2201#: ../src/plugins/im-status/totem-im-status.plugin.in.h:2
    22582202msgid "Set your Instant Messenger status to away when a movie is playing"
    22592203msgstr ""
    22602204"Програмата за бързи съобщения да преминава в състояние „Отсъствам“ при "
    22612205"изпълнението на филм"
    2262 
    2263 #: ../src/plugins/galago/totem-galago.c:117
    2264 msgid "Error loading Galago plugin"
    2265 msgstr "Грешка при зареждането на приставката Galago"
    2266 
    2267 #: ../src/plugins/galago/totem-galago.c:117
    2268 msgid "Could not connect to the Galago daemon."
    2269 msgstr "Неуспех при свързването с демона Galago"
    22702206
    22712207#: ../src/plugins/gromit/gromit.plugin.in.h:1
    … …  
    22832219#. Add the interface to Totem's sidebar
    22842220#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.plugin.in.h:1
    2285 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:41
     2221#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:46
    22862222msgid "BBC iPlayer"
    22872223msgstr "Материали от BBC"
    … …  
    22932229"iPlayer."
    22942230
    2295 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:66
     2231#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:72
    22962232msgid "Error listing channel categories"
    22972233msgstr "Грешка при изтеглянето на категориите канали"
    22982234
    2299 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:66
     2235#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:73
    23002236msgid ""
    23012237"There was an unknown error getting the list of television channels available "
    … …  
    23062242
    23072243#. Append a dummy child row so that the expander's visible; we can
    2308 #. then queue off the expander to load the programme listing for this category
    2309 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:74
     2244#. then queue off the expander to load the programme listing for this
     2245#. category
     2246#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:84
    23102247msgid "Loading…"
    23112248msgstr "Зареждане…"
    23122249
    2313 #. Translators: the "programme feed" is the list of TV shows available to watch online
    2314 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:119
     2250#. Translators: the "programme feed" is the list of TV shows
     2251#. available to watch online
     2252#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:136
    23152253msgid "Error getting programme feed"
    23162254msgstr "Грешка при изтеглянето на предаванията"
    23172255
    2318 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:119
     2256#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer.py:137
    23192257msgid ""
    23202258"There was an error getting the list of programmes for this channel and "
    … …  
    23232261"Грешка при изтеглянето на списъка с предавания от категорията в този канал."
    23242262
    2325 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer2.py:299
     2263#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer2.py:297
    23262264msgid "<no reason given>"
    23272265msgstr "<няма подадена причина>"
    23282266
    2329 #: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer2.py:300
     2267#: ../src/plugins/iplayer/iplayer2.py:298
    23302268#, python-format
    23312269msgid "Programme unavailable (\"%s\")"
    23322270msgstr "Предаването е недостъпно („%s“)"
    23332271
    2334 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:1
    2335 msgid "By artist"
    2336 msgstr "По изпълнител"
    2337 
    2338 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:2
    2339 msgid "By tag"
    2340 msgstr "По етикет"
    2341 
    2342 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:3
    2343 msgid "Jamendo Album Page"
    2344 msgstr "Страница на албума в Jamendo"
    2345 
    2346 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:4
    2347 msgid "Latest Releases"
    2348 msgstr "Най-новите албуми"
    2349 
    2350 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:5
    2351 msgid "Number of albums to _retrieve:"
    2352 msgstr "_Брой албуми за изтегляне:"
    2353 
    2354 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:6
    2355 msgid "Popular"
    2356 msgstr "Популярни"
    2357 
    2358 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:7
    2359 msgid "Preferred audio _format:"
    2360 msgstr "_Предпочитан аудио формат:"
    2361 
    2362 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:8
    2363 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker-widget.c:761
    2364 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/youtube.ui.h:2
    2365 msgid "Search Results"
    2366 msgstr "Резултати от търсенето"
    2367 
    2368 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.ui.h:10
    2369 msgid "_Open Jamendo Album Page in Browser"
    2370 msgstr "_Отваряне на страницата на албум в Jamendo в уеб браузър"
    2371 
    2372 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.plugin.in.h:1
    2373 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:127
    2374 msgid "Jamendo"
    2375 msgstr "Jamendo"
    2376 
    2377 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.plugin.in.h:2
    2378 msgid ""
    2379 "Listen to the large collection of Creative Commons licensed music on Jamendo."
    2380 msgstr ""
    2381 "Слушане на огромна колекция от музика от Jamendo лицензирана по условия на "
    2382 "Криейтив Комънс."
    2383 
    2384 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:58
    2385 msgid "You need to install the Python simplejson module."
    2386 msgstr "Трябва да инсталирате модула на Питон simplejson."
    2387 
    2388 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:260 ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:273
    2389 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:297
    2390 #, python-format
    2391 msgid "Artist: %s"
    2392 msgstr "Изпълнител: %s"
    2393 
    2394 #. Translators: this is the release date of an album in Python strptime format
    2395 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:266
    2396 msgid "%Y-%m-%d"
    2397 msgstr "%Y-%m-%d"
    2398 
    2399 #. Translators: this is the release time of an album in Python strftime format
    2400 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:268
    2401 #, python-format
    2402 msgid "%x"
    2403 msgstr "%x"
    2404 
    2405 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:274
    2406 #, python-format
    2407 msgid "Genre: %s"
    2408 msgstr "Жанр: %s"
    2409 
    2410 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:275
    2411 #, python-format
    2412 msgid "Released on: %s"
    2413 msgstr "Издаден на: %s"
    2414 
    2415 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:276
    2416 #, python-format
    2417 msgid "License: %s"
    2418 msgstr "Лиценз: %s"
    2419 
    2420 #. track title
    2421 #. Translators: this is the title of a track in Python format
    2422 #. (first argument is the track number, second is the track title)
    2423 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:289
    2424 #, python-format
    2425 msgid "%02d. %s"
    2426 msgstr "%02d. %s"
    2427 
    2428 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:296
    2429 #, python-format
    2430 msgid "Album: %s"
    2431 msgstr "Албум: %s"
    2432 
    2433 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:298
    2434 #, python-format
    2435 msgid "Duration: %s"
    2436 msgstr "Продължителност: %s"
    2437 
    2438 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:355
    2439 msgid "Fetching albums, please wait…"
    2440 msgstr "Изчакайте, теглят се албуми…"
    2441 
    2442 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:410
    2443 #, python-format
    2444 msgid ""
    2445 "Failed to connect to Jamendo server.\n"
    2446 "%s."
    2447 msgstr ""
    2448 "Неуспех при свързването към сървъра на Jamendo.\n"
    2449 "%s."
    2450 
    2451 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:412
    2452 #, python-format
    2453 msgid "The Jamendo server returned code %s."
    2454 msgstr "Сървърът на Jamendo върна кода %s."
    2455 
    2456 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:416
    2457 msgid "An error occurred while fetching albums."
    2458 msgstr "Грешка при изтеглянето на албуми."
    2459 
    2460 #. Translators: time formatting (in Python strftime format) for the Jamendo plugin
    2461 #. for times longer than an hour
    2462 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:618
    2463 msgid "%H:%M:%S"
    2464 msgstr "%H:%M:%S"
    2465 
    2466 #. Translators: time formatting (in Python strftime format) for the Jamendo plugin
    2467 #. for times shorter than an hour
    2468 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:621
    2469 msgid "%M:%S"
    2470 msgstr "%M:%S"
    2471 
    2472 #. Translators: If Jamendo supports your language, replace "en" with the language code, enclosed
    2473 #. in slashes, used to view pages in your language on the Jamendo website. e.g. For French, "en"
    2474 #. would be translated to "fr", as Jamendo uses that in its URLs:
    2475 #. http://www.jamendo.com/fr/album/4818
    2476 #. Compared to:
    2477 #. http://www.jamendo.com/en/album/4818
    2478 #. If Jamendo doesn't support your language, *do not translate this string*!
    2479 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/jamendo.py:671
    2480 msgid "en"
    2481 msgstr "en"
    2482 
    2483 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/org.gnome.totem.plugins.jamendo.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1
    2484 msgid "Audio format to download from Jamendo"
    2485 msgstr "Аудио формат при изтегляне от Jamendo"
    2486 
    2487 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/org.gnome.totem.plugins.jamendo.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2
    2488 msgid "Number of results per page"
    2489 msgstr "Брой резултати на страница"
    2490 
    2491 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/org.gnome.totem.plugins.jamendo.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3
    2492 msgid ""
    2493 "The number of Jamendo search results to display in each page of results."
    2494 msgstr "Брой резултати от Jamendo на страница при търсене."
    2495 
    2496 #: ../src/plugins/jamendo/org.gnome.totem.plugins.jamendo.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4
    2497 msgid "The preferred audio format to download tracks from Jamendo in."
    2498 msgstr "Предпочитаният аудио формат при теглене от Jamendo."
    2499 
    25002272#: ../src/plugins/lirc/lirc.plugin.in.h:1
    25012273msgid "Infrared Remote Control"
    … …  
    25192291
    25202292#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.ui.h:2
    2521 msgid "Language"
    2522 msgstr "Език"
    2523 
    2524 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.ui.h:3
    25252293msgid "Subtitle _language:"
    25262294msgstr "_Език на субтитрите:"
    25272295
    2528 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.ui.h:4
     2296#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.ui.h:3
    25292297msgid "_Play with Subtitle"
    25302298msgstr "_Изпълнение със субтитри"
    … …  
    25382306msgstr "Изтегляне на субтитри"
    25392307
    2540 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:44
    2541 msgid "Brasilian Portuguese"
     2308#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:42
     2309msgid "Brazilian Portuguese"
    25422310msgstr "португалско (бразилско)"
    25432311
    2544 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:247
    2545 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:263
    2546 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:280
    2547 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:286
     2312#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:177
     2313msgid "Searching for subtitles…"
     2314msgstr "Търсене на субтитри…"
     2315
     2316#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:225
     2317#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:644
     2318msgid "Downloading the subtitles…"
     2319msgstr "Изтегляне на субтитри…"
     2320
     2321#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:290
    25482322msgid "Could not contact the OpenSubtitles website"
    25492323msgstr "Няма връзка със сайта OpenSubtitles.org"
    25502324
    2551 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:268
    2552 msgid "No results found"
    2553 msgstr "Няма резултати"
    2554 
    2555 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:374
     2325#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:323
     2326#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:341
     2327msgid "Could not contact the OpenSubtitles website."
     2328msgstr "Няма връзка със сайта OpenSubtitles.org."
     2329
     2330#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:329
     2331msgid "No results found."
     2332msgstr "Няма резултати."
     2333
     2334#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:477
    25562335msgid "Subtitles"
    25572336msgstr "Субтитри"
    … …  
    25592338#. translators comment:
    25602339#. This is the file-type of the subtitle file detected
    2561 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:380
     2340#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:483
    25622341msgid "Format"
    25632342msgstr "Формат"
    … …  
    25652344#. translators comment:
    25662345#. This is a rating of the quality of the subtitle
    2567 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:385
     2346#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:488
    25682347msgid "Rating"
    25692348msgstr "Оценка"
    25702349
    2571 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:426
     2350#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:524
     2351msgid "Download movie subtitles from OpenSubtitles"
     2352msgstr "Изтегляне на субтитри от OpenSubtitles"
     2353
     2354#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:526
    25722355msgid "_Download Movie Subtitles…"
    25732356msgstr "Изтегляне на _субтитри за филма…"
    25742357
    2575 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:427
    2576 msgid "Download movie subtitles from OpenSubtitles"
    2577 msgstr "Изтегляне на субтитри от OpenSubtitles"
    2578 
    2579 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:486
     2358#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:588
    25802359msgid "Searching subtitles…"
    25812360msgstr "Търсене на субтитри…"
    2582 
    2583 #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.py:544
    2584 msgid "Downloading the subtitles…"
    2585 msgstr "Изтегляне на субтитри…"
    25862361
    25872362#: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/org.gnome.totem.plugins.opensubtitles.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1
    … …  
    26012376msgstr "Главният прозорец да стои най-отгоре при изпълнение на филм."
    26022377
    2603 #: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:128
     2378#: ../src/plugins/properties/totem-movie-properties.c:246
    26042379msgid "Properties"
    26052380msgstr "Подробности"
    … …  
    26802455msgstr "Парола за rpdb2"
    26812456
     2457#: ../src/plugins/rotation/rotation.plugin.in.h:1
     2458msgid "Allows videos to be rotated if they're in the wrong orientation."
     2459msgstr "Завъртане на видеото, ако ориентацията му е грешна."
     2460
     2461#: ../src/plugins/rotation/rotation.plugin.in.h:2
     2462msgid "Rotation Plugin"
     2463msgstr "Приставка за завъртане"
     2464
     2465#: ../src/plugins/rotation/totem-rotation-plugin.vala:60
     2466msgid "_Rotate Clockwise"
     2467msgstr "По _часовниковата стрелка"
     2468
     2469#: ../src/plugins/rotation/totem-rotation-plugin.vala:62
     2470msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise"
     2471msgstr "_Обратно на часовниковата стрелка"
     2472
    26822473#: ../src/plugins/save-file/totem-save-file.c:63
    26832474msgid "Save a Copy..."
    … …  
    27022493msgstr "Филмов поток"
    27032494
    2704 #: ../src/plugins/screensaver/totem-screensaver.c:112
    2705 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1964
     2495#: ../src/plugins/screensaver/totem-screensaver.c:116
     2496#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1884
    27062497msgid "Playing a movie"
    27072498msgstr "Изпълнение на филм"
    … …  
    27322523
    27332524#. Write the screenshot to the temporary file
    2734 #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/gnome-screenshot-widget.c:387
     2525#: ../src/plugins/screenshot/gnome-screenshot-widget.c:385
    27352526#: ../src/plugins/screenshot/totem-screenshot.c:64
    27362527msgid "Screenshot.png"
    … …  
    28342625msgstr "Пре_скачане до:"
    28352626
    2836 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker-widget.c:587
    2837 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker-widget.c:676
    2838 msgid "Could not connect to Tracker"
    2839 msgstr "Неуспех при свързването с демона за търсене Tracker"
    2840 
    2841 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker-widget.c:594
    2842 msgid "No results"
    2843 msgstr "Няма резултати"
    2844 
    2845 #. Translators:
    2846 #. * This is used to show which items are listed in the
    2847 #. * list view, for example:
    2848 #. *
    2849 #. *   Showing 10-20 of 128 matches
    2850 #. *
    2851 #. * This is similar to what web searches use, eg.
    2852 #. * Google on the top-right of their search results
    2853 #. * page show:
    2854 #. *
    2855 #. *   Personalized Results 1 - 10 of about 4,130,000 for foobar
    2856 #. *
    2857 #.
    2858 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker-widget.c:618
    2859 #, c-format
    2860 msgid "Showing %i - %i of %i match"
    2861 msgid_plural "Showing %i - %i of %i matches"
    2862 msgstr[0] "Показани са резултати %i÷%i от общо %i"
    2863 msgstr[1] "Показани са резултати %i÷%i от общо %i"
    2864 
    2865 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker-widget.c:823
    2866 msgid "Page"
    2867 msgstr "Страница"
    2868 
    2869 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/totem-tracker.c:65
    2870 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/tracker.plugin.in.h:1
    2871 msgid "Local Search"
    2872 msgstr "Локално търсене"
    2873 
    2874 #: ../src/plugins/thumbnail/thumbnail.plugin.in.h:1
    2875 msgid "Set the window icon to the thumbnail of the playing movie"
    2876 msgstr "Иконата на прозореца да е мини-изображение на изпълнявания филм"
    2877 
    2878 #: ../src/plugins/thumbnail/thumbnail.plugin.in.h:2
    2879 msgid "Thumbnail"
    2880 msgstr "Мини-изображение"
    2881 
    2882 #: ../src/plugins/tracker/tracker.plugin.in.h:2
    2883 msgid "Search for local videos using Tracker"
    2884 msgstr "Локално търсене на файлове чрез Tracker"
    2885 
    28862627#: ../src/plugins/youtube/youtube.plugin.in.h:1
    28872628msgid "A plugin to let you browse YouTube videos."
    … …  
    28962637msgstr "Свързани видео клипове"
    28972638
     2639#: ../src/plugins/youtube/youtube.ui.h:2
     2640msgid "Search Results"
     2641msgstr "Резултати от търсенето"
     2642
    28982643#: ../src/plugins/youtube/youtube.ui.h:3
    28992644msgid "Videos"
    … …  
    29012646
    29022647#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:144
    2903 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:803
     2648#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:819
    29042649msgid "_Open in Web Browser"
    29052650msgstr "_Отваряне в уеб браузър"
    … …  
    29352680
    29362681#. Update the UI
    2937 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:618
     2682#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:630
    29382683msgid "Fetching search results…"
    29392684msgstr "Изтегляне на резултатите от търсенето…"
    29402685
    29412686#. Update the UI
    2942 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:680
     2687#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:696
    29432688msgid "Fetching related videos…"
    29442689msgstr "Изтегляне на свързаните видео клипове…"
    29452690
    2946 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:732
     2691#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:748
    29472692msgid "Error Opening Video in Web Browser"
    29482693msgstr "Грешка при отваряне в уеб браузър"
    29492694
    2950 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:752
     2695#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:768
    29512696msgid "Fetching more videos…"
    29522697msgstr "Изтегляне на още видео клипове…"
    29532698
    2954 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:797
     2699#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:813
    29552700msgid "Video Format Not Supported"
    29562701msgstr "Видео форматът не се поддържа"
    29572702
    2958 #: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:799
     2703#: ../src/plugins/youtube/totem-youtube.c:815
    29592704msgid ""
    29602705"This video is not available in any formats which Totem supports. Would you "
    … …  
    29642709"ли да се отвори с вашия уеб браузър?"
    29652710
    2966 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:431
     2711#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:429
    29672712msgid "No URI to play"
    29682713msgstr "Няма адрес за изпълнение"
    … …  
    29712716#. * Open With ApplicationName
    29722717#. * as in nautilus' right-click menu
    2973 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1104
     2718#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1100
    29742719#, c-format
    29752720msgid "_Open with \"%s\""
    29762721msgstr "_Отваряне с „%s“"
    29772722
    2978 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1155
    2979 #, c-format
    2980 msgid "Browser Plugin using %s"
    2981 msgstr "Приставка за браузъри, която използва %s"
    2982 
    2983 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:1160
    2984 msgid "Totem Browser Plugin"
    2985 msgstr "Приставка на Totem за браузъри"
    2986 
    2987 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2198
     2723#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2123
    29882724msgid "No playlist or playlist empty"
    29892725msgstr "Или няма списък за изпълнение, или той е празен"
    29902726
    2991 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2289
     2727#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2217
    29922728msgid "Movie browser plugin"
    29932729msgstr "Приставка за филми за браузъри"
    29942730
    2995 #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2305
     2731#: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2233
    29962732msgid "Verify your system installation. The Totem plugin will now exit."
    29972733msgstr "Проверете системата си. Приставката на Totem ще бъде спряна."
    … …  
    30052741msgstr "Конзола на Питон"
    30062742
    3007 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:85
     2743#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:88
    30082744msgid "Python Console Menu"
    30092745msgstr "Меню за конзолата на Питон"
    30102746
    3011 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:88
     2747#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:93
    30122748msgid "_Python Console"
    30132749msgstr "_Конзола на Питон"
    30142750
    3015 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:89
     2751#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:94
    30162752msgid "Show Totem's Python console"
    30172753msgstr "Показване на конзолата на Питон"
    30182754
    3019 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:94
     2755#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:100
    30202756msgid "Python Debugger"
    30212757msgstr "Изчистване на грешки на Питон"
    30222758
    3023 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:95
     2759#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:101
    30242760msgid "Enable remote Python debugging with rpdb2"
    30252761msgstr "Включване на отдалеченото изчистване на грешки на Питон с rpdb2"
    30262762
    3027 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:116
     2763#. pylint: disable-msg=E1101
     2764#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:125
    30282765#, python-format
    30292766msgid "You can access the Totem.Object through 'totem_object' :\\n%s"
    30302767msgstr "Обектът на Totem е достъпен като „totem_object“: \\n%s"
    30312768
    3032 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:120
     2769#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:129
    30332770msgid "Totem Python Console"
    30342771msgstr "Конзола на Питон за Totem"
    30352772
    3036 #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:129
     2773#: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:139
    30372774msgid ""
    30382775"After you press OK, Totem will wait until you connect to it with winpdb or "
    … …  
    30432780"winpdb или rpdb2. Ако не сте задали парола за изчистване на грешки в GConf, "
    30442781"ще се ползва стандартната („totem“)."
     2782
     2783#: ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.plugin.in.h:1
     2784msgid "A plugin to let you browse media content from various sources."
     2785msgstr "Приставка за разглеждане на медия от различни сайтове."
     2786
     2787#: ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.plugin.in.h:2
     2788msgid "Grilo Browser"
     2789msgstr "Браузър Grilo"
     2790
     2791#: ../src/plugins/grilo/totem-grilo.c:452
     2792msgid "Browse Error"
     2793msgstr "Грешка при разглеждане"
     2794
     2795#: ../src/plugins/grilo/totem-grilo.c:599
     2796msgid "Search Error"
     2797msgstr "Грешка при търсене"
     2798
     2799#: ../src/plugins/grilo/totem-grilo.c:1219 ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.ui.h:1
     2800msgid "Browse"
     2801msgstr "Разглеждане"
     2802
     2803#: ../src/plugins/grilo/totem-grilo.c:1285 ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.ui.h:2
     2804msgid "Search"
     2805msgstr "Търсене"

  • gnome/master/yelp-xsl.master.bg.po

    r2310 r2322  
    1 # Bulgarian translation of gnome-doc-utils po-file.
    2 # Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc
     1# Bulgarian translation of yelp-xsl po-file.
     2# Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc
    33# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-doc-utils package.
    4 # Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010.
     4# Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2011
    55#
    66msgid ""
    77msgstr ""
    8 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils master\n"
     8"Project-Id-Version: yelp-xsl master\n"
    99"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
    10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-25 22:51+0200\n"
    11 "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-01-25 22:51+0200\n"
     10"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-08-13 06:33+0300\n"
     11"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-13 06:33+0300\n"
    1212"Last-Translator: Alexander Shopov <ash@kambanaria.org>\n"
    1313"Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@fsa-bg.org>\n"
     14"Language: bg\n"
    1415"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
    1516"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
    … …  
    1718"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
    1819
    19 #.
    20 #. This is used as a list item seperator for inline lists of exactly two
    21 #. elements.  A list of two names would be formatted as "Tom and Dick".
    22 #.
    23 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:5
    24 msgid " and "
    25 msgstr " и "
    26 
    27 #.
    28 #. This is used to offset an inline description from a title.  This is
    29 #. typically used on title and refpurpose of a refentry element, which
    30 #. models the structure of a man page.
    31 #.
    32 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:11
    33 msgid " — "
    34 msgstr " — "
    35 
    36 #.
     20#. Translate to default:RTL if your language should be displayed
     21#. right-to-left, otherwise translate to default:LTR.  Do *not*
     22#. translate it to "predefinito:LTR", if it isn't default:LTR
     23#. or default:RTL it will not work.
     24#.
     25#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:27(msg/msgstr)
     26msgid "default:LTR"
     27msgstr "default:LTR"
     28
    3729#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
    3830#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
    … …  
    4032#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
    4133#.
    42 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
     34#. Make sure to include leading or trailing spaces if you want them.
     35#.
     36#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:40(msg/msgstr)
     37#, no-wrap
    4338msgid ", "
    4439msgstr ", "
    4540
    46 #.
    4741#. This is used as the final separator in an inline list of three or
    4842#. more elements.  The string ", " will be used to separate all but
    … …  
    5044#. names would be formatted as "Tom, Dick, and Harry".
    5145#.
    52 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
     46#. Make sure to include leading or trailing spaces if you want them.
     47#.
     48#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:53(msg/msgstr)
     49#, no-wrap
    5350msgid ", and "
    54 msgstr ", и "
    55 
    56 #.
    57 #. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
    58 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    59 #. provide the following results:
    60 #.
    61 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    62 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    63 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    64 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    65 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    66 #.
    67 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    68 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    69 #.
    70 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:40
    71 msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
    72 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    73 
    74 #.
    75 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    76 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    77 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    78 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    79 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    80 #.
    81 #. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
    82 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    83 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    84 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    85 #. this format message:
    86 #.
    87 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    88 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    89 #.
    90 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    91 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    92 #.
    93 #. title       - The title of the appendix
    94 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
    95 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    96 #. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
    97 #. the number of the parent element
    98 #.
    99 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    100 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    101 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    102 #. right angle bracket.
    103 #.
    104 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    105 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    106 #.
    107 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:74
    108 msgid ""
    109 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
    110 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
    111 "<number/></msgstr>"
    112 msgstr "<msgstr>Приложение №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    113 
    114 #.
    115 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    116 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    117 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    118 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    119 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    120 #.
    121 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
    122 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
    123 #. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
    124 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    125 #. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
    126 #. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
    127 #. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
    128 #. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
    129 #.
    130 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    131 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    132 #.
    133 #. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
    134 #. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
    135 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    136 #. element
    137 #.
    138 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    139 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    140 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    141 #. right angle bracket.
    142 #.
    143 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    144 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    145 #.
    146 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:107
    147 msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    148 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    149 
    150 #.
    151 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    152 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    153 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    154 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    155 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    156 #.
    157 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
    158 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    159 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    160 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    161 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    162 #. cross reference formatters.
    163 #.
    164 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    165 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    166 #.
    167 #. title       - The title of the appendix
    168 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
    169 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    170 #. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
    171 #. the number of the parent element
    172 #.
    173 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    174 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    175 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    176 #. right angle bracket.
    177 #.
    178 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    179 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    180 #.
    181 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:139
    182 msgid ""
    183 "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    184 msgstr "<msgstr>Приложение <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    185 
    186 #.
    187 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    188 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    189 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    190 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    191 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    192 #.
    193 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
    194 #. to bibliography entries.
    195 #.
    196 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    197 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    198 #.
    199 #. label - The term being defined by the glossary entry
    200 #.
    201 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    202 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    203 #. insert the label, simply write left angle bracket, label,  slash,
    204 #. right angle bracket.
    205 #.
    206 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    207 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    208 #.
    209 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:163
    210 msgid ""
    211 "<msgid>biblioentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>View the bibliography entry "
    212 "<label/>.</msgstr>"
    213 msgstr "<msgstr>Проверете в библиографията „<label/>“.</msgstr>"
    214 
    215 #.
    216 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    217 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    218 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    219 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    220 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    221 #.
    222 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to bibliographies.
    223 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    224 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    225 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    226 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    227 #. cross reference formatters.
    228 #.
    229 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    230 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    231 #.
    232 #. title       - The title of the figure
    233 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
    234 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    235 #.
    236 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    237 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    238 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    239 #. right angle bracket.
    240 #.
    241 #. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
    242 #. bibliographies.  If the author does not provide a title, the
    243 #. translatable string 'Bibliography' is used as a default.
    244 #.
    245 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    246 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    247 #.
    248 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:197
    249 msgid "<msgid>bibliography.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    250 msgstr "<msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    251 
    252 #.
    253 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    254 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    255 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    256 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    257 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    258 #.
    259 #. biblioentry - An entry in a bibliography
    260 #. bibliomixed - An entry in a bibliography
    261 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/biblioentry.html
    262 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/bibliomixed.html
    263 #.
    264 #. This is a format message used to format the labels for entries in
    265 #. a bibliography.  The content of the label is often an abbreviation
    266 #. of the authors' names and the year of publication.  In English,
    267 #. these are generally formatted with [square brackets] surrounding
    268 #. them.
    269 #.
    270 #. This string is similar to citation.format, but they are used in
    271 #. different places.  The citation formatter is used when referencing
    272 #. a bibliography entry in running prose.  This formatter is used for
    273 #. the actual bibliography entry.  You may use the same formatting for
    274 #. both, but you don't have to.
    275 #.
    276 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    277 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    278 #.
    279 #. bibliolabel - The text content of the bibliography label
    280 #.
    281 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    282 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    283 #. insert the label, simply write left angle bracket, bibliolabel,
    284 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    285 #.
    286 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    287 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    288 #.
    289 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:235
    290 msgid "<msgid>bibliolabel.format</msgid> <msgstr>[<bibliolabel/>]</msgstr>"
    291 msgstr "<msgstr>[<bibliolabel/>]</msgstr>"
    292 
    293 #.
    294 #. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
    295 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    296 #. provide the following results:
    297 #.
    298 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    299 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    300 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    301 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    302 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    303 #.
    304 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    305 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    306 #.
    307 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:250
    308 msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    309 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    310 
    311 #.
    312 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    313 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    314 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    315 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    316 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    317 #.
    318 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
    319 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    320 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    321 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    322 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    323 #. cross reference formatters.
    324 #.
    325 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    326 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    327 #.
    328 #. title       - The title of the book
    329 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
    330 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    331 #.
    332 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    333 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    334 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    335 #. right angle bracket.
    336 #.
    337 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    338 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    339 #.
    340 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
    341 msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    342 msgstr "<msgstr>«<title/>»</msgstr>"
    343 
    344 #.
    345 #. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
    346 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    347 #. provide the following results:
    348 #.
    349 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    350 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    351 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    352 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    353 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    354 #.
    355 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    356 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    357 #.
    358 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:295
    359 msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    360 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    361 
    362 #.
    363 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    364 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    365 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    366 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    367 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    368 #.
    369 #. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
    370 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    371 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    372 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    373 #. this format message:
    374 #.
    375 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    376 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    377 #.
    378 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    379 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    380 #.
    381 #. title       - The title of the chapter
    382 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
    383 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    384 #. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
    385 #. the number of the parent element
    386 #.
    387 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    388 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    389 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    390 #. right angle bracket.
    391 #.
    392 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    393 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    394 #.
    395 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:329
    396 msgid ""
    397 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
    398 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
    399 "<number/></msgstr>"
    400 msgstr "<msgstr>Глава №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    401 
    402 #.
    403 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    404 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    405 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    406 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    407 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    408 #.
    409 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
    410 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
    411 #. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
    412 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    413 #. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
    414 #. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
    415 #. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
    416 #. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
    417 #.
    418 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    419 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    420 #.
    421 #. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
    422 #. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
    423 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    424 #. element
    425 #.
    426 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    427 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    428 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    429 #. right angle bracket.
    430 #.
    431 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    432 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    433 #.
    434 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:362
    435 msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    436 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    437 
    438 #.
    439 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    440 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    441 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    442 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    443 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    444 #.
    445 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
    446 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    447 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    448 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    449 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    450 #. cross reference formatters.
    451 #.
    452 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    453 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    454 #.
    455 #. title       - The title of the chapter
    456 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
    457 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    458 #. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
    459 #. the number of the parent element
    460 #.
    461 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    462 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    463 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    464 #. right angle bracket.
    465 #.
    466 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    467 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    468 #.
    469 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:394
    470 msgid ""
    471 "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    472 msgstr "<msgstr>Глава <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    473 
    474 #.
    475 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    476 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    477 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    478 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    479 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    480 #.
    481 #. citetitle - An inline bibliographic reference to another published work
    482 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citation.html
    483 #.
    484 #. This is a format message used to format inline citations to other
    485 #. published works.  The content is typically an abbreviation of the
    486 #. authors' last names.  In English, this abbreviation is usually
    487 #. written inside [square brackets].
    488 #.
    489 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    490 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    491 #.
    492 #. citation - The text content of the citation element, possibly
    493 #. as a link to an entry in the bibliography
    494 #.
    495 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    496 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    497 #. insert the citation, simply write left angle bracket, citation,
    498 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    499 #.
    500 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    501 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    502 #.
    503 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:424
    504 msgid "<msgid>citation.format</msgid> <msgstr>[<citation/>]</msgstr>"
    505 msgstr "<msgstr>[<citation/>]</msgstr>"
    506 
    507 #.
    508 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    509 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    510 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    511 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    512 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    513 #.
    514 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
    515 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
    516 #.
    517 #. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
    518 #. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
    519 #. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
    520 #. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
    521 #.
    522 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    523 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    524 #.
    525 #. node - The text content of the citetitle element
    526 #.
    527 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    528 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    529 #. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
    530 #. right angle bracket.
    531 #.
    532 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    533 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    534 #.
    535 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:453
    536 msgid ""
    537 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
    538 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
    539 msgstr "<msgstr>„<node/>“</msgstr>"
    540 
    541 #.
    542 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    543 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    544 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    545 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    546 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    547 #.
    548 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
    549 #. created from DocBook's email element.
    550 #.
    551 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    552 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    553 #.
    554 #. string - The linked-to email address
    555 #.
    556 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    557 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    558 #. insert the email address, simply write left angle bracket, string,
    559 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    560 #.
    561 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    562 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    563 #.
    564 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:477
    565 msgid ""
    566 "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<string/>’.</msgstr>"
    567 msgstr "<msgstr>Пращане на е-писмо до „<b><tt><string/></tt></b>“.</msgstr>"
    568 
    569 #.
    570 #. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
    571 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    572 #. provide the following results:
    573 #.
    574 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    575 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    576 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    577 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    578 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    579 #.
    580 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    581 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    582 #.
    583 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:492
    584 msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    585 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    586 
    587 #.
    588 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    589 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    590 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    591 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    592 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    593 #.
    594 #. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
    595 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    596 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    597 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    598 #. this format message:
    599 #.
    600 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    601 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    602 #.
    603 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    604 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    605 #.
    606 #. title       - The title of the example
    607 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
    608 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    609 #. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
    610 #. the number of the parent element
    611 #.
    612 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    613 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    614 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    615 #. right angle bracket.
    616 #.
    617 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    618 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    619 #.
    620 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:526
    621 msgid ""
    622 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
    623 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
    624 "<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
    625 msgstr "<msgstr>Пример №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    626 
    627 #.
    628 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    629 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    630 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    631 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    632 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    633 #.
    634 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
    635 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
    636 #. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
    637 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    638 #. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
    639 #. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
    640 #. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
    641 #. from a parent number and an example digit.
    642 #.
    643 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    644 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    645 #.
    646 #. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
    647 #. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
    648 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    649 #. element
    650 #.
    651 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    652 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    653 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    654 #. right angle bracket.
    655 #.
    656 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    657 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    658 #.
    659 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:559
    660 msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
    661 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
    662 
    663 #.
    664 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    665 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    666 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    667 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    668 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    669 #.
    670 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
    671 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    672 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    673 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    674 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    675 #. cross reference formatters.
    676 #.
    677 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    678 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    679 #.
    680 #. title       - The title of the example
    681 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
    682 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    683 #. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
    684 #. the number of the parent element
    685 #.
    686 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    687 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    688 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    689 #. right angle bracket.
    690 #.
    691 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    692 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    693 #.
    694 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:591
    695 msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
    696 msgstr "<msgstr>Пример <number/></msgstr>"
    697 
    698 #.
    699 #. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
    700 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    701 #. provide the following results:
    702 #.
    703 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    704 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    705 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    706 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    707 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    708 #.
    709 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    710 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    711 #.
    712 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:606
    713 msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    714 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    715 
    716 #.
    717 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    718 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    719 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    720 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    721 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    722 #.
    723 #. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
    724 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    725 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    726 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    727 #. this format message:
    728 #.
    729 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    730 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    731 #.
    732 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    733 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    734 #.
    735 #. title       - The title of the figure
    736 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
    737 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    738 #. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
    739 #. the number of the parent element
    740 #.
    741 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    742 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    743 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    744 #. right angle bracket.
    745 #.
    746 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    747 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    748 #.
    749 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:640
    750 msgid ""
    751 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
    752 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
    753 "<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
    754 msgstr "<msgstr><i>Фигура №&#x00A0;<number/></i></msgstr>"
    755 
    756 #.
    757 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    758 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    759 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    760 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    761 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    762 #.
    763 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
    764 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
    765 #. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
    766 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    767 #. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
    768 #. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
    769 #. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
    770 #. from a parent number and a figure digit.
    771 #.
    772 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    773 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    774 #.
    775 #. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
    776 #. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
    777 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    778 #. element
    779 #.
    780 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    781 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    782 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    783 #. right angle bracket.
    784 #.
    785 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    786 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    787 #.
    788 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:673
    789 msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
    790 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
    791 
    792 #.
    793 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    794 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    795 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    796 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    797 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    798 #.
    799 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
    800 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    801 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    802 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    803 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    804 #. cross reference formatters.
    805 #.
    806 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    807 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    808 #.
    809 #. title       - The title of the figure
    810 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
    811 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    812 #. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
    813 #. the number of the parent element
    814 #.
    815 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    816 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    817 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    818 #. right angle bracket.
    819 #.
    820 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    821 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    822 #.
    823 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:705
    824 msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
    825 msgstr "<msgstr>Фигура <number/></msgstr>"
    826 
    827 #.
    828 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    829 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    830 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    831 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    832 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    833 #.
    834 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
    835 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    836 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    837 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    838 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    839 #. cross reference formatters.
    840 #.
    841 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    842 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    843 #.
    844 #. title       - The title of the figure
    845 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
    846 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    847 #.
    848 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    849 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    850 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    851 #. right angle bracket.
    852 #.
    853 #. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
    854 #. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
    855 #. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
    856 #.
    857 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    858 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    859 #.
    860 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:739
    861 msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    862 msgstr "<msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    863 
    864 #.
    865 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    866 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    867 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    868 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    869 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    870 #.
    871 #. glossentry - A entry in a glossary or glosslist
    872 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
    873 #.
    874 #. This is a format message used to format the abbreviations of terms
    875 #. in glossary entries.  An abbreviation for a glossary term can be
    876 #. provided by an 'acronym' or an 'abbrev' element.  For example, a
    877 #. glossary entry for HTML might look like this:
    878 #.
    879 #. Hypertext Markup Language (HTML)
    880 #. Definition goes here....
    881 #.
    882 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    883 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    884 #.
    885 #. node - The content of the acronym or abbrev element
    886 #.
    887 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    888 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    889 #. insert the content, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
    890 #. right angle bracket.
    891 #.
    892 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    893 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    894 #.
    895 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:771
    896 msgid "<msgid>glossentry.abbrev.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
    897 msgstr "<msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
    898 
    899 #.
    900 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    901 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    902 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    903 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    904 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    905 #.
    906 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
    907 #. to glossary entries.
    908 #.
    909 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    910 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    911 #.
    912 #. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
    913 #.
    914 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    915 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    916 #. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
    917 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    918 #.
    919 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    920 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    921 #.
    922 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:795
    923 msgid ""
    924 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
    925 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
    926 msgstr "<msgstr>Проверете дефиницията на „<b><glossterm/></b>“.</msgstr>"
    927 
    928 #.
    929 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    930 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    931 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    932 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    933 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    934 #.
    935 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
    936 #. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
    937 #. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
    938 #. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    939 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    940 #. cross reference formatters.
    941 #.
    942 #. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
    943 #. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
    944 #. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
    945 #.
    946 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    947 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    948 #.
    949 #. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
    950 #.
    951 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    952 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    953 #. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
    954 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    955 #.
    956 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    957 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    958 #.
    959 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:827
    960 msgid ""
    961 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
    962 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
    963 msgstr "<msgstr>„<b><glossterm/></b>“</msgstr>"
    964 
    965 #.
    966 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    967 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    968 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    969 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    970 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    971 #.
    972 #. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
    973 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
    974 #.
    975 #. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
    976 #. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
    977 #. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
    978 #. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
    979 #.
    980 #. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
    981 #. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
    982 #. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
    983 #. be formatted as "See foo."
    984 #.
    985 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    986 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    987 #.
    988 #. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
    989 #.
    990 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    991 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    992 #. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
    993 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    994 #.
    995 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    996 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    997 #.
    998 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:861
    999 msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
    1000 msgstr "<msgstr>Виж <b><glosssee/></b>.</msgstr>"
    1001 
    1002 #.
    1003 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1004 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1005 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1006 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1007 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1008 #.
    1009 #. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
    1010 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
    1011 #.
    1012 #. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
    1013 #. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
    1014 #. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
    1015 #. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
    1016 #.
    1017 #. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
    1018 #. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
    1019 #. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
    1020 #. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
    1021 #. baz."
    1022 #.
    1023 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1024 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1025 #.
    1026 #. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
    1027 #.
    1028 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1029 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1030 #. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
    1031 #. slash, right angle bracket.
    1032 #.
    1033 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1034 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1035 #.
    1036 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:896
    1037 msgid ""
    1038 "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
    1039 msgstr "<msgstr>Виж също <b><glosssee/></b>.</msgstr>"
    1040 
    1041 #.
    1042 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1043 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1044 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1045 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1046 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1047 #.
    1048 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
    1049 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
    1050 #.
    1051 #. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
    1052 #. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
    1053 #. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
    1054 #. inside parentheses.
    1055 #.
    1056 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1057 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1058 #.
    1059 #. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
    1060 #.
    1061 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1062 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1063 #. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
    1064 #. right angle bracket.
    1065 #.
    1066 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1067 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1068 #.
    1069 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:925
    1070 msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
    1071 msgstr "<msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
    1072 
    1073 #.
    1074 #. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
    1075 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    1076 #. provide the following results:
    1077 #.
    1078 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    1079 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    1080 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    1081 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    1082 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    1083 #.
    1084 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    1085 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    1086 #.
    1087 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:940
    1088 msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
    1089 msgstr "<msgstr>I</msgstr>"
    1090 
    1091 #.
    1092 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1093 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1094 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1095 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1096 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1097 #.
    1098 #. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
    1099 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    1100 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    1101 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    1102 #. this format message:
    1103 #.
    1104 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    1105 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    1106 #.
    1107 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1108 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1109 #.
    1110 #. title       - The title of the part
    1111 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
    1112 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1113 #. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
    1114 #. the number of the parent element
    1115 #.
    1116 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1117 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1118 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1119 #. right angle bracket.
    1120 #.
    1121 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1122 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1123 #.
    1124 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:974
    1125 msgid ""
    1126 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
    1127 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
    1128 msgstr "<msgstr>Част №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    1129 
    1130 #.
    1131 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1132 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1133 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1134 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1135 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1136 #.
    1137 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
    1138 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    1139 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    1140 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    1141 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    1142 #. cross reference formatters.
    1143 #.
    1144 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1145 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1146 #.
    1147 #. title       - The title of the part
    1148 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
    1149 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1150 #. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
    1151 #. the number of the parent element
    1152 #.
    1153 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1154 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1155 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1156 #. right angle bracket.
    1157 #.
    1158 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1159 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1160 #.
    1161 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1006
    1162 msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    1163 msgstr "<msgstr>Част <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    1164 
    1165 #.
    1166 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1167 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1168 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1169 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1170 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1171 #.
    1172 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to prefaces.
    1173 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    1174 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    1175 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    1176 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    1177 #. cross reference formatters.
    1178 #.
    1179 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1180 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1181 #.
    1182 #. title       - The title of the figure
    1183 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
    1184 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1185 #.
    1186 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1187 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1188 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1189 #. right angle bracket.
    1190 #.
    1191 #. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
    1192 #. prefaces.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
    1193 #. string 'Preface' is used as a default.
    1194 #.
    1195 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1196 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1197 #.
    1198 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1040
    1199 msgid "<msgid>preface.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    1200 msgstr "<msgstr><b><title/></b></msgstr>"
    1201 
    1202 #.
    1203 #. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
    1204 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    1205 #. provide the following results:
    1206 #.
    1207 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    1208 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    1209 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    1210 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    1211 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    1212 #.
    1213 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    1214 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    1215 #.
    1216 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1055
    1217 msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1218 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1219 
    1220 #.
    1221 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1222 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1223 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1224 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1225 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1226 #.
    1227 #. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
    1228 #. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
    1229 #. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
    1230 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
    1231 #. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
    1232 #. may be used with this format message:
    1233 #.
    1234 #. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
    1235 #. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
    1236 #.
    1237 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1238 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1239 #.
    1240 #. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
    1241 #.
    1242 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1243 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1244 #. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
    1245 #. right angle bracket.
    1246 #.
    1247 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1248 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1249 #.
    1250 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1086
    1251 msgid ""
    1252 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
    1253 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
    1254 "<number/></msgstr>"
    1255 msgstr "<msgstr><b>Въпрос №&#x00A0;<number/></b></msgstr>"
    1256 
    1257 #.
    1258 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1259 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1260 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1261 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1262 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1263 #.
    1264 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
    1265 #. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
    1266 #. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
    1267 #. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
    1268 #. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
    1269 #. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
    1270 #.
    1271 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1272 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1273 #.
    1274 #. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
    1275 #.
    1276 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1277 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1278 #. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
    1279 #. right angle bracket.
    1280 #.
    1281 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1282 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1283 #.
    1284 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1114
    1285 msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
    1286 msgstr "<msgstr>Въпрос №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    1287 
    1288 #.
    1289 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1290 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1291 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1292 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1293 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1294 #.
    1295 #. quote - An inline quotation
    1296 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
    1297 #.
    1298 #. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
    1299 #. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
    1300 #. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
    1301 #. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
    1302 #. notation for nested quotations.
    1303 #.
    1304 #. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
    1305 #. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
    1306 #. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
    1307 #. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
    1308 #. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
    1309 #.
    1310 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1311 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1312 #.
    1313 #. node - The text content of the quote element
    1314 #.
    1315 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1316 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1317 #. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
    1318 #. right angle bracket.
    1319 #.
    1320 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1321 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1322 #.
    1323 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1150
    1324 msgid ""
    1325 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
    1326 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
    1327 msgstr "<msgstr role=\"inner\">«<node/>»</msgstr> <msgstr>„<node/>“</msgstr>"
    1328 
    1329 #.
    1330 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1331 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1332 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1333 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1334 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1335 #.
    1336 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
    1337 #. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
    1338 #. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
    1339 #. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
    1340 #. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
    1341 #. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
    1342 #.
    1343 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1344 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1345 #.
    1346 #. title       - The title of the reference page
    1347 #.
    1348 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1349 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1350 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1351 #. right angle bracket.
    1352 #.
    1353 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1354 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1355 #.
    1356 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1178
    1357 msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
    1358 msgstr "<msgstr><b><title/></b></msgstr>"
    1359 
    1360 #.
    1361 #. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
    1362 #. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
    1363 #. formatters provide the following results:
    1364 #.
    1365 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    1366 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    1367 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    1368 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    1369 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    1370 #.
    1371 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    1372 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    1373 #.
    1374 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1193
    1375 msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1376 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1377 
    1378 #.
    1379 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1380 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1381 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1382 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1383 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1384 #.
    1385 #. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
    1386 #. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
    1387 #. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
    1388 #. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
    1389 #. be used with this format message:
    1390 #.
    1391 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    1392 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    1393 #.
    1394 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1395 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1396 #.
    1397 #. title       - The title of the section
    1398 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
    1399 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1400 #. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
    1401 #. the number of the parent element
    1402 #.
    1403 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1404 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1405 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1406 #. right angle bracket.
    1407 #.
    1408 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1409 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1410 #.
    1411 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1227
    1412 msgid ""
    1413 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
    1414 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
    1415 "<number/></msgstr>"
    1416 msgstr "<msgstr>Дял №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    1417 
    1418 #.
    1419 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1420 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1421 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1422 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1423 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1424 #.
    1425 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
    1426 #. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
    1427 #. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
    1428 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    1429 #. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
    1430 #. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
    1431 #. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
    1432 #. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
    1433 #. section digit.
    1434 #.
    1435 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1436 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1437 #.
    1438 #. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
    1439 #. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
    1440 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    1441 #. element
    1442 #.
    1443 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1444 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1445 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    1446 #. right angle bracket.
    1447 #.
    1448 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1449 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1450 #.
    1451 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1261
    1452 msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    1453 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    1454 
    1455 #.
    1456 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1457 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1458 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1459 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1460 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1461 #.
    1462 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
    1463 #. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
    1464 #. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
    1465 #. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    1466 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    1467 #. cross reference formatters.
    1468 #.
    1469 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1470 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1471 #.
    1472 #. title       - The title of the section
    1473 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
    1474 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1475 #. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
    1476 #. the number of the parent element
    1477 #.
    1478 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1479 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1480 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1481 #. right angle bracket.
    1482 #.
    1483 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1484 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1485 #.
    1486 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1293
    1487 msgid ""
    1488 "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    1489 msgstr "<msgstr>Дял <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    1490 
    1491 #.
    1492 #. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
    1493 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    1494 #. provide the following results:
    1495 #.
    1496 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    1497 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    1498 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    1499 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    1500 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    1501 #.
    1502 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    1503 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    1504 #.
    1505 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1308
    1506 msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1507 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1508 
    1509 #.
    1510 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1511 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1512 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1513 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1514 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1515 #.
    1516 #. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
    1517 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    1518 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    1519 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    1520 #. this format message:
    1521 #.
    1522 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    1523 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    1524 #.
    1525 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1526 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1527 #.
    1528 #. title       - The title of the section
    1529 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
    1530 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1531 #. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
    1532 #. the number of the parent element
    1533 #.
    1534 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1535 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1536 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1537 #. right angle bracket.
    1538 #.
    1539 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1540 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1541 #.
    1542 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1342
    1543 msgid ""
    1544 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
    1545 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
    1546 "<number/></msgstr>"
    1547 msgstr "<msgstr>Дял №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    1548 
    1549 #.
    1550 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1551 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1552 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1553 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1554 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1555 #.
    1556 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
    1557 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
    1558 #. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
    1559 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    1560 #. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
    1561 #. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
    1562 #. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
    1563 #. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
    1564 #. section digit.
    1565 #.
    1566 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1567 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1568 #.
    1569 #. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
    1570 #. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
    1571 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    1572 #. element
    1573 #.
    1574 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1575 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1576 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    1577 #. right angle bracket.
    1578 #.
    1579 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1580 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1581 #.
    1582 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1376
    1583 msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    1584 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
    1585 
    1586 #.
    1587 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1588 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1589 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1590 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1591 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1592 #.
    1593 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
    1594 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    1595 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    1596 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    1597 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    1598 #. cross reference formatters.
    1599 #.
    1600 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1601 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1602 #.
    1603 #. title       - The title of the section
    1604 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
    1605 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1606 #. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
    1607 #. the number of the parent element
    1608 #.
    1609 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1610 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1611 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1612 #. right angle bracket.
    1613 #.
    1614 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1615 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1616 #.
    1617 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1408
    1618 msgid ""
    1619 "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    1620 msgstr "<msgstr>Дял <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
    1621 
    1622 #.
    1623 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1624 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1625 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1626 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1627 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1628 #.
    1629 #. seealsoie - A “See also” entry in an index, rather than in the text
    1630 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/seealsoie.html
    1631 #.
    1632 #. This is a format message used to format index cross references.
    1633 #. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
    1634 #. reference, not the link itself.
    1635 #.
    1636 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1637 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1638 #.
    1639 #. seeie - The actual link or links of the cross reference
    1640 #.
    1641 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1642 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1643 #. insert the seeie, simply write left angle bracket, seeie, slash,
    1644 #. right angle bracket.
    1645 #.
    1646 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1647 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1648 #.
    1649 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1436
    1650 msgid "<msgid>seealsoie.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <seeie/>.</msgstr>"
    1651 msgstr "<msgstr>Виж също <b><seeie/></b>.</msgstr>"
    1652 
    1653 #.
    1654 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1655 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1656 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1657 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1658 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1659 #.
    1660 #. seeie - A “See” entry in an index, rather than in the text
    1661 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/seeie.html
    1662 #.
    1663 #. This is a format message used to format index cross references.
    1664 #. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
    1665 #. reference, not the link itself.
    1666 #.
    1667 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1668 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1669 #.
    1670 #. seeie - The actual link or links of the cross reference
    1671 #.
    1672 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1673 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1674 #. insert the seeie, simply write left angle bracket, seeie, slash,
    1675 #. right angle bracket.
    1676 #.
    1677 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1678 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1679 #.
    1680 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1464
    1681 msgid "<msgid>seeie.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <seeie/>.</msgstr>"
    1682 msgstr "<msgstr>Виж <b><seeie/></b>.</msgstr>"
    1683 
    1684 #.
    1685 #. The number formatter used for synopsis numbers.  This can be one of
    1686 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    1687 #. provide the following results:
    1688 #.
    1689 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    1690 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    1691 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    1692 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    1693 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    1694 #.
    1695 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    1696 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    1697 #.
    1698 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1479
    1699 msgid "<msgid>synopfragment.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1700 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1701 
    1702 #.
    1703 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1704 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1705 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1706 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1707 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1708 #.
    1709 #. This is a format message used to format labels for command synopsis
    1710 #. fragments, as well as cross references to them.  See the following:
    1711 #.
    1712 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/synopfragment.html
    1713 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/synopfragmentref.html
    1714 #.
    1715 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1716 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1717 #.
    1718 #. number - The number of the synopsis fragment, formatted according
    1719 #. to the synopfragment.digit string
    1720 #.
    1721 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1722 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1723 #. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
    1724 #. right angle bracket.
    1725 #.
    1726 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1727 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1728 #.
    1729 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1507
    1730 msgid "<msgid>synopfragment.label</msgid> <msgstr>(<number/>)</msgstr>"
    1731 msgstr "<msgstr>(<number/>)</msgstr>"
    1732 
    1733 #.
    1734 #. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
    1735 #. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
    1736 #. provide the following results:
    1737 #.
    1738 #. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
    1739 #. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
    1740 #. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
    1741 #. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
    1742 #. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
    1743 #.
    1744 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
    1745 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
    1746 #.
    1747 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1522
    1748 msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1749 msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
    1750 
    1751 #.
    1752 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1753 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1754 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1755 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1756 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1757 #.
    1758 #. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
    1759 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
    1760 #. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
    1761 #. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
    1762 #. this format message:
    1763 #.
    1764 #. header - Used for labels in headers
    1765 #. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
    1766 #.
    1767 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1768 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1769 #.
    1770 #. title       - The title of the table
    1771 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
    1772 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1773 #. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
    1774 #. the number of the parent element
    1775 #.
    1776 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1777 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1778 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1779 #. right angle bracket.
    1780 #.
    1781 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1782 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1783 #.
    1784 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1556
    1785 msgid ""
    1786 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
    1787 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
    1788 "<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
    1789 msgstr "<msgstr>Таблица №&#x00A0;<number/></msgstr>"
    1790 
    1791 #.
    1792 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1793 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1794 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1795 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1796 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1797 #.
    1798 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
    1799 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
    1800 #. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
    1801 #. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
    1802 #. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
    1803 #. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
    1804 #. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
    1805 #. from a parent number and a table digit.
    1806 #.
    1807 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1808 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1809 #.
    1810 #. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
    1811 #. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
    1812 #. not including any leading numbers from the parent
    1813 #. element
    1814 #.
    1815 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1816 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1817 #. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
    1818 #. right angle bracket.
    1819 #.
    1820 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1821 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1822 #.
    1823 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1589
    1824 msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
    1825 msgstr "<msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
    1826 
    1827 #.
    1828 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
    1829 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
    1830 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
    1831 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
    1832 #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
    1833 #.
    1834 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
    1835 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
    1836 #. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
    1837 #. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
    1838 #. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
    1839 #. cross reference formatters.
    1840 #.
    1841 #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
    1842 #. appropriate content, as follows:
    1843 #.
    1844 #. title       - The title of the table
    1845 #. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
    1846 #. if no titleabbrev exists
    1847 #. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
    1848 #. the number of the parent element
    1849 #.
    1850 #. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
    1851 #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
    1852 #. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
    1853 #. right angle bracket.
    1854 #.
    1855 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
    1856 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
    1857 #.
    1858 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1621
    1859 msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
    1860 msgstr "<msgstr>Таблица <number/></msgstr>"
    1861 
    1862 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
    1863 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1623
    1864 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
    1865 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Автор</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Автори</msgstr>"
    1866 
    1867 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
    1868 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1625
    1869 msgid ""
    1870 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
    1871 "msgstr>"
    1872 msgstr ""
    1873 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Сътрудник</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Сътрудници</msgstr>"
    1874 
    1875 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
    1876 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1627
    1877 msgid ""
    1878 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
    1879 msgstr ""
    1880 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Авторско право</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Авторски "
    1881 "права</msgstr>"
    1882 
    1883 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
    1884 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1629
    1885 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
    1886 msgstr ""
    1887 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Редактор</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Редактори</msgstr>"
    1888 
    1889 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
    1890 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1631
    1891 msgid ""
    1892 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
    1893 "Contributors</msgstr>"
    1894 msgstr ""
    1895 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Допълнителен сътрудник</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1"
    1896 "\">Допълнителни сътрудници</msgstr>"
    1897 
    1898 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
    1899 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1633
    1900 msgid ""
    1901 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
    1902 msgstr ""
    1903 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Издател</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Издатели</msgstr>"
    1904 
    1905 #. Used as a header before a list of translators.
    1906 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1635
    1907 msgid ""
    1908 "<msgstr form='0'>Translator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Translators</msgstr>"
    1909 msgstr ""
    1910 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Преводач</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Преводачи</msgstr>"
    1911 
    1912 #.
     51msgstr " и "
     52
     53#. This is used as a list item seperator for inline lists of exactly two
     54#. elements.  A list of two names would be formatted as "Tom and Dick".
     55#.
     56#. Make sure to include leading or trailing spaces if you want them.
     57#.
     58#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:64(msg/msgstr)
     59#, no-wrap
     60msgid " and "
     61msgstr " и "
     62
     63#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
     64#.
     65#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
     66#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
     67#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
     68#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
     69#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
     70#.
     71#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:79(msg/msgstr)
     72msgid "Q:"
     73msgstr "В:"
     74
    191375#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
    191476#.
    … …  
    191981#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
    192082#.
    1921 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1645
    1922 msgid "A:&#x2003;"
    1923 msgstr "О:&#x00A0;"
    1924 
    1925 #. Used for links to the titlepage.
    1926 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1647
    1927 msgid "About This Document"
    1928 msgstr "Информация за документа"
    1929 
    1930 #.
    1931 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
    1932 #.
    1933 #. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
    1934 #. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
    1935 #.
    1936 #. Shaun McCance
    1937 #. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
    1938 #.
    1939 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1657
    1940 msgid "Affiliation"
    1941 msgstr "Връзка с физически или юридически лица"
    1942 
    1943 #. Used as a title for a bibliography.
    1944 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1659
     83#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:92(msg/msgstr)
     84msgid "A:"
     85msgstr "О:"
     86
     87#. Accessible title for an advanced note.
     88#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:99(msg/msgstr)
     89msgid "Advanced"
     90msgstr "Допълнителна информация"
     91
     92#. Default title for a bibliography.
     93#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:104(msg/msgstr)
    194594msgid "Bibliography"
    194695msgstr "Библиография"
    194796
    1948 #.
    1949 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
    1950 #. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
    1951 #.
    1952 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1664
    1953 msgid "Caution"
    1954 msgstr "Внимание"
    1955 
    1956 #.
    1957 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
    1958 #. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
    1959 #.
    1960 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1669
     97#. Accessible title for a note about a software bug.
     98#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:109(msg/msgstr)
     99msgid "Bug"
     100msgstr "Грешка"
     101
     102#. Revision status of a document or page. Content has been written and
     103#. reviewed, and it awaiting a final approval.
     104#.
     105#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:117(msg/msgstr)
     106msgid "Candidate"
     107msgstr "Версия-кандидат"
     108
     109#. Default title for a colophon section.
     110#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:123(msg/msgstr)
    1961111msgid "Colophon"
    1962112msgstr "Послеслов"
    1963113
    1964 #. Used as the title of the listing of subsections
    1965 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1671
     114#. Title of the listing of subsections.
     115#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:129(msg/msgstr)
    1966116msgid "Contents"
    1967117msgstr "Съдържание"
    1968118
    1969 #.
    1970 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
    1971 #. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
    1972 #.
    1973 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1676
     119#. Default title for a dedication section.
     120#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:134(msg/msgstr)
    1974121msgid "Dedication"
    1975122msgstr "Посвещение"
    1976123
    1977 #.
    1978 #. This is used as a description for the status of the document.
    1979 #. This will not be visibile to the users.
    1980 #.
    1981 #. Draft: the authors have written all the content, but they still need
    1982 #. to clean up the language or markup.
    1983 #.
    1984 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1684
     124#. Revision status of a document or page. Most content has been
     125#. written, but revisions are still happening.
     126#.
     127#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:142(msg/msgstr)
    1985128msgid "Draft"
    1986129msgstr "Чернова"
    1987130
    1988 #.
    1989 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
    1990 #.
    1991 #. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
    1992 #. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
    1993 #.
    1994 #. Shaun McCance
    1995 #. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
    1996 #.
    1997 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1694
    1998 msgid "Email"
    1999 msgstr "Е-поща"
    2000 
    2001 #.
    2002 #. This is used as a description for the status of the document.
    2003 #. This will not be visibile to the users.
    2004 #.
    2005 #. Final: a senior member of the documentation team has reviewd the
    2006 #. document and approved it.
    2007 #.
    2008 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1702
     131#. Revision status of a document or page. A senior member of the
     132#. documentation team has reviewed and approved.
     133#.
     134#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:150(msg/msgstr)
    2009135msgid "Final"
    2010136msgstr "Завършено"
    2011137
    2012 #. Automatic further reading section and links
    2013 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1704
     138#. Automatic heading above a list of related links.
     139#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:155(msg/msgstr)
    2014140msgid "Further Reading"
    2015141msgstr "За повече информация"
    2016142
    2017 #.
    2018 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
    2019 #. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
    2020 #.
    2021 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1709
     143#. Default title for a glossary.
     144#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:160(msg/msgstr)
    2022145msgid "Glossary"
    2023146msgstr "Речник"
    2024147
    2025 #.
    2026 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
    2027 #. This is used as a default title for important elements.
    2028 #.
    2029 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1714
     148#. Accessible title for an important note.
     149#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:165(msg/msgstr)
    2030150msgid "Important"
    2031151msgstr "Важно"
    2032152
    2033 #.
    2034 #. This is used as a description for the status of the document.
    2035 #. This will not be visibile to the users.
    2036 #.
    2037 #. Incomplete: the document has the basic structure in place, but the
    2038 #. authors have not yet written all the content.
    2039 #.
    2040 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1722
     153#. Revision status of a document or page. Work has begun, but
     154#. not all content has been written.
     155#.
     156#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:173(msg/msgstr)
    2041157msgid "Incomplete"
    2042158msgstr "Незавършен"
    2043159
    2044 #.
    2045 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
    2046 #. This is used as a default title for index elements.
    2047 #.
    2048 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1727
     160#. Default title for an index of terms in a book.
     161#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:178(msg/msgstr)
    2049162msgid "Index"
    2050163msgstr "Индекс"
    2051164
    2052 #.
    2053 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
    2054 #. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
    2055 #.
    2056 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1732
    2057 msgid "Legal Notice"
    2058 msgstr "Юридическа информация"
    2059 
    2060 #. Automatic more about section and links
    2061 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1734
     165#. Automatic heading above a list of guide links.
     166#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:183(msg/msgstr)
    2062167msgid "More About"
    2063168msgstr "Допълнителна информация"
    2064169
    2065 #.
    2066 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
    2067 #. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
    2068 #.
    2069 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1739
     170#. Default title for a refnamediv element. This is the common section
     171#. title found in most UNIX man pages.
     172#.
     173#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:192(msg/msgstr)
    2070174msgid "Name"
    2071175msgstr "Име"
    2072176
    2073 #. Used as link to the next page in a series.
    2074 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1741
     177#. Link text for a link to the next page in a series.
     178#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:197(msg/msgstr)
    2075179msgid "Next"
    2076 msgstr "Следваща"
    2077 
    2078 #.
    2079 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
    2080 #. This is used as a default title for note elements.
    2081 #.
    2082 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1746
     180msgstr "Следващо"
     181
     182#. Accessible title for a note.
     183#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:202(msg/msgstr)
    2083184msgid "Note"
    2084185msgstr "Бележка"
    2085186
    2086 #.
    2087 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
    2088 #. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
    2089 #.
    2090 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1751
     187#. Revision status of a document or page. Content was once current,
     188#. but needs to be updated to reflect software updates.
     189#.
     190#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:210(msg/msgstr)
     191msgid "Outdated"
     192msgstr "Неактуално"
     193
     194#. Tooltip on play/pause buttons for audio and video objects.
     195#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:215(msg/msgstr)
     196msgid "Pause"
     197msgstr "Пауза"
     198
     199#. Tooltip on play/pause buttons for audio and video objects.
     200#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:220(msg/msgstr)
     201msgid "Play"
     202msgstr "Изпълнение"
     203
     204#. Default title for a preface to a book.
     205#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:226(msg/msgstr)
    2091206msgid "Preface"
    2092207msgstr "Предговор"
    2093208
    2094 #. Used as link to the previous page in a series.
    2095 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1753
     209#. Link text for a link to the previous page in a series.
     210#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:231(msg/msgstr)
    2096211msgid "Previous"
    2097 msgstr "Предишна"
    2098 
    2099 #.
    2100 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
    2101 #.
    2102 #. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
    2103 #. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
    2104 #. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
    2105 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
    2106 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
    2107 #.
    2108 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1763
    2109 msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
    2110 msgstr "В:&#x00A0;"
    2111 
    2112 #.
    2113 #. This is used as a description for the status of the document.
    2114 #. This will not be visibile to the users.
    2115 #.
    2116 #. Review: the authors consider the document complete.
    2117 #.
    2118 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1770
     212msgstr "Предишно"
     213
     214#. Revision status of a document or page. Content has been written
     215#. and should be reviewed by other team members.
     216#.
     217#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:239(msg/msgstr)
    2119218msgid "Ready for review"
    2120219msgstr "За преглед"
    2121220
    2122 #.
    2123 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
    2124 #. This is used as a header before the revision history.
    2125 #.
    2126 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1775
    2127 msgid "Revision History"
    2128 msgstr "История на промените"
    2129 
    2130 #.
    2131 #. Used for the <see> element.
    2132 #. FIXME: this should be a format string.
    2133 #.
    2134 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1780
    2135 msgid "See"
    2136 msgstr "Виж"
    2137 
    2138 #. Automatic see also section and links
    2139 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1782
     221#. Automatic heading above a list of see-also links.
     222#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:244(msg/msgstr)
    2140223msgid "See Also"
    2141224msgstr "Виж също"
    2142225
    2143 #.
    2144 #. This is used as a description for the status of the document.
    2145 #. This will not be visibile to the users.
    2146 #.
    2147 #. Stub: the document has little or basic content, it may have been
    2148 #. created by developers in order to have it included in the build.
    2149 #.
    2150 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1790
     226#. Figures can automatically scale images down to fit the page width.
     227#. This is used a tooltip on a link to shrink images back down after
     228#. they've been expanded to full size.
     229#.
     230#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:253(msg/msgstr)
     231msgid "Scale images down"
     232msgstr "Намаляване на изображенията"
     233
     234#. Accessible title for a sidebar note.
     235#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:258(msg/msgstr)
     236msgid "Sidebar"
     237msgstr "Странична лента"
     238
     239#. Revision status of a document or page. No content has been written yet.
     240#.
     241#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:265(msg/msgstr)
    2151242msgid "Stub"
    2152243msgstr "Мъниче"
    2153244
    2154 #.
    2155 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
    2156 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
    2157 #.
    2158 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1795
     245#. Default title for a refsynopsisdiv element. This is the common section
     246#. title found in most UNIX man pages.
     247#.
     248#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:273(msg/msgstr)
    2159249msgid "Synopsis"
    2160250msgstr "Резюме"
    2161251
    2162 #.
    2163 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
    2164 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
    2165 #.
    2166 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1800
     252#. Accessible title for a tip.
     253#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:278(msg/msgstr)
    2167254msgid "Tip"
    2168255msgstr "Подсказка"
    2169256
    2170 #.
    2171 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
    2172 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
    2173 #.
    2174 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1805
     257#. Figures can automatically scale images down to fit the page width.
     258#. This is used a tooltip on a link to expand images to full size.
     259#.
     260#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:286(msg/msgstr)
     261msgid "View images at normal size"
     262msgstr "Нормален размер на изображенията"
     263
     264#. Accessible title for a warning.
     265#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:291(msg/msgstr)
    2175266msgid "Warning"
    2176267msgstr "Предупреждение"
    2177268
    2178 #.
    2179 #. Translate to default:RTL if your language should be displayed
    2180 #. right-to-left, otherwise translate to default:LTR.  Do *not*
    2181 #. translate it to "predefinito:LTR", if it isn't default:LTR
    2182 #. or default:RTL it will not work
    2183 #.
    2184 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1812
    2185 msgid "default:LTR"
    2186 msgstr "default:LTR"
    2187 
    2188 #.
    2189269#. This is an image of the opening quotation character for your language.
    2190270#. The image is used as a watermark on blockquote elements.  There are a
    2191271#. number of different quote characters used by various languages, so the
    2192272#. image name is translatable.  The name of the icon should be of the form
    2193 #. "watermark-blockquote-XXXX.png", where XXXX is the Unicode code point
    2194 #. of the opening quote character.  For example, some languages use the
    2195 #. double angle quotation mark.  Translators for these languages should
    2196 #. use "watermark-blockquote-00AB.png".
     273#. "yelp-quote-XXXX.png", where XXXX is the Unicode code point of the opening
     274#. quote character.  For example, some languages use the double angle quotation
     275#. mark.  Translators for these languages should use "yelp-quote-00AB.png".
    2197276#.
    2198277#. The image, however, is not automatically created.  Do not translate
    2199 #. this to a value if there isn't a corresponding file in gnome-doc-utils,
    2200 #. under the directory data/watermarks.
     278#. this to a value if there isn't a corresponding file in yelp-xsl under
     279#. the directory icons/hicolor/48x48/status.
    2201280#.
    2202281#. Languages that use guillemets (angle quotation marks) should use either
    … …  
    2208287#. double quotation mark for the watermark image.
    2209288#.
    2210 #. Translators who have been around Gnome for a while should recognize
    2211 #. this as nearly the same as the "yelp-watermark-blockquote-201C" string
    2212 #. once found inside Yelp.  The watermark functionality has been moved to
    2213 #. gnome-doc-utils.
    2214 #.
    2215 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1840
    2216 msgid "watermark-blockquote-201C.png"
    2217 msgstr "watermark-blockquote-201E.png"
     289#: yelp-xsl.xml.in:318(msg/msgstr)